Connect America Fund, ETC Annual Reports and Certifications, Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers; Universal Service Reform-Mobility Fund; Developing an Unified Intercarrier Compensation Regime, 39163-39193 [2014-15668]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Wednesday,
No. 131
July 9, 2014
Part III
Federal Communications Commission
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
47 CFR Parts 36, 54 and 69
Connect America Fund, ETC Annual Reports and Certifications,
Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
Universal Service Reform—Mobility Fund; Developing an Unified Intercarrier
Compensation Regime; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
39164
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Order and Seventh Order on
Reconsideration are published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 36, 54 and 69
[WC Docket Nos. 10–90, 14–58, 07–135; WT
Docket No. 10–208; CC Docket No. 01–92;
FCC 14–54]
Connect America Fund, ETC Annual
Reports and Certifications,
Establishing Just and Reasonable
Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
Universal Service Reform—Mobility
Fund; Developing an Unified
Intercarrier Compensation Regime
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, the Federal
Communications Commission
(Commission) takes significant steps to
continue the implementation of the
2011 universal service reforms. This
document takes into account lessons
learned and new marketplace
developments to further the
Commission’s statutory mission of
ensuring that all consumers have access
to advanced telecommunications and
information services.
DATES: Effective August 8, 2014, except
for § 54.310(e)(1) which contains new or
modified information collection
requirements that will not be effective
until approved by the Office of
Management and Budget. The Federal
Communications Commission will
publish a document in the Federal
Register announcing the effective date
for that paragraph.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Alexander Minard, Wireline
Competition Bureau, (202) 418–0428 or
TTY: (202) 418–0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s Report
and Order, Declaratory Ruling, Order,
Memorandum Opinion and Order and
Seventh Order on Reconsideration in
WC Docket Nos. 10–90, 14–58, 07–135;
WT Docket No. 10–208; CC Docket No.
01–92; FCC 14–54, adopted on April 23,
2014 and released on June 10, 2014. The
full text of this document is available for
public inspection during regular
business hours in the FCC Reference
Center, Room CY–A257, 445 12th Street
SW., Washington, DC 20554. Or at the
following Internet address: https://
transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_
Business/2014/db0610/FCC-1454A1.pdf. The Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM) that
was adopted concurrently with the
Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling,
Order, Memorandum Opinion and
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
I. Introduction
1. With the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Order,
Memorandum Opinion and Order,
Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and
concurrently adopted Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM), the
Commission takes significant steps to
continue the implementation of the
landmark reforms unanimously adopted
by the Commission in 2011 to
modernize universal service for the 21st
century. The Commission builds on the
solid foundation created in 2011, taking
into account what they have learned to
date and new marketplace
developments, to fulfill our statutory
mission to ensure that all consumers
‘‘have access to . . . advanced
telecommunications and information
services.’’
2. A core component of the 2011
reforms was the creation of the Connect
America Fund to preserve and advance
voice and robust broadband services,
both fixed and mobile, in high-cost
areas of the nation that the marketplace
would not otherwise serve. Today, the
Commission adopts rules that build on
the framework established by the
Commission in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, 76 FR 73830,
November 29, 2011, while proposing
targeted adjustments that the
Commission believes are necessary to
ensure that they are best utilizing the
funds that consumers and businesses
pay into the universal service system. In
particular, the Commission is mindful
that technological innovation is
occurring at a rapid pace, and the
marketplace has continued to evolve in
the intervening years. The Commission
must ensure that the reforms it
implements now are not predicated on
outdated assumptions.
3. Meeting the infrastructure
challenge of the 21st century will be a
multi-year journey. It took the nation
almost 50 years to bring electricity to 99
percent of rural farms; decades later, it
took 35 years to complete the original
portion of the interstate highway
system. In just two years, the
Commission’s reforms have set the
nation on a path that will bring new
fixed broadband services to more than
1.6 million Americans, new mobile
services to historically unserved Tribal
lands, and improved mobile coverage
along our nation’s roads. Achieving
universal access to broadband will not
occur overnight. Today, the Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
takes further steps to bring broadband
service to every corner of the country.
4. The Report and Order adopts
several rules to establish the foundation
for the award of support in price cap
areas where the price cap carrier
declines the offer of model-based
support. Specifically, the Commission
concludes that all areas where the
average cost per location equals or
exceeds a specified cost benchmark are
eligible for Phase II support in the
competitive bidding process. The
Commission sets a support term of 10
years for support awarded through the
competitive bidding process. The
Commission permits price cap carriers
that decline model-based support to
participate in the competitive bidding
process that it expects to be prepared to
conduct by the end of 2015.
5. The Commission also addresses
more generally provider eligibility for
support through the competitive
bidding process and the Remote Areas
Fund. The Commission permits entities
to seek designation as eligible
telecommunications carriers (ETCs)
after notification they are winning
bidders for the offer of Phase II Connect
America funding. The Commission
concludes that recipients of support
through the competitive bidding process
or the Remote Areas Fund must certify
as to their financial and technical
capabilities to provide the required
services within the specified timeframe
in the geographic area for which they
seek support.
6. The Commission issues a
declaratory ruling to provide rate-ofreturn carriers greater clarity regarding
their obligations to extend broadband
service upon reasonable request.
7. In the Order, the Commission
phases in support reductions associated
with the 2014 rate floor of $20.46 over
a multi-year period to provide time for
incumbent carriers and state
commissions to make any adjustments
they deem necessary. In particular, the
Commission defers any support
reductions for lines that have rates of
$14 or greater until January 2, 2015.
Between January 2, 2015, and June 30,
2016, the Commission implements
support reductions only to the extent
rates are below $16; between July 1,
2016 and June 30, 2017, the
Commission implements support
reductions only for lines with rates
under $18 or the rate floor established
by the 2016 rate survey, whichever is
lower; and between July 1, 2017 and
June 30, 2018, the Commission
implements support reductions only for
lines with rates under $20 or the 2017
rate floor, whichever is lower. Thus, the
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
impact of this rule is phased in over a
four-year period.
8. The Commission also reconsiders
certain aspects of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order in response to
petitions from a variety of stakeholders.
These modifications reflect our
continuing commitment in the universal
service reforms to efficiency and
creating the appropriate incentives to
invest and operate modern voice and
broadband-capable networks. First, to
provide a more measured transition for
rate-of-return carriers that would have
qualified under the prior rules for
certain support known as Safety Net
Additive (SNA) based on their
significant network investment, the
Commission permits such carriers to
receive SNA for such investments made
in 2010 and 2011. Second, the
Commission eliminates the high-cost
loop support (HCLS) benchmarking rule
so that rate-of-return carriers’ support
will no longer be limited by benchmarks
calculated using quantile regression
analysis (QRA).
9. In addition, the Commission waives
certain application fees that deter
companies from rationalizing their
service territory boundaries, deny a
petition for reconsideration of the
Commission’s decision to impose
broadband public interest obligations on
recipients of high-cost support, while
affirming that these conditions do not
constitute common carrier regulation,
and dismiss or deny two applications
for review of the Wireline Competition
Bureau’s (Bureau) Phase II Service
Obligations Order, 78 FR 70881,
November 27, 2013.
II. Report and Order
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
A. Connect America Phase II
Competitive Bidding Process
10. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission decided that, in
areas where the price cap ETC refuses
model-based support, support will be
provided through a competitive bidding
process. It adopted general rules to
govern competitive bidding processes to
award universal service support,
codified in Subpart AA of Part 1 of the
Commission’s rules. The Commission
sought comment in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNPRM, 76 FR 78384,
December 16, 2011, on a number of
issues related to the design of the
competitive bidding process, including
which areas should be eligible, the term
of support, and whether price cap
carriers that decline model-based
support should be permitted to
participate in the competitive bidding
process.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
1. Eligible Areas
11. Discussion. After reviewing the
record before the Commission, and
based on what it has learned over the
last two years, it now concludes that it
should provide more flexibility to
parties in Phase II to design effective
bids for areas where the average cost is
equal to or above the Connect America
Phase II funding benchmark. The work
on the Connect America Cost Model has
shown us that extremely high-cost areas
are actually interspersed among highcost areas. Indeed, many of the census
tracts containing census blocks
potentially eligible for the offer of
model-based support (i.e., those census
blocks where the average cost per
location is equal to or exceeds the
funding benchmark but is lower than
the extremely high-cost threshold) also
contain one or more census blocks
where the average cost per location, as
determined by the model, exceeds the
extremely high-cost threshold. The
Commission concludes that including
both high-cost and extremely high-cost
areas in the competitive bidding process
will enable parties to build integrated
networks that span both types of areas
in adjacent census blocks as
appropriate. In other words, this
approach allows potential providers to
decide how best to upgrade or extend
networks to serve these areas rather than
having the Commission artificially predetermining which areas should be
served through one mechanism and
which should be served through a
separate mechanism.
12. Moreover, the Commission
recognizes that the actual cost for a
provider to serve census blocks that are
above the extremely high-cost threshold
may, in fact, be less than is predicted by
the cost model. Potential service
providers that have done the
appropriate due diligence are in a better
position to know local conditions on the
ground and thus determine whether the
support potentially available will enable
them to meet the associated obligations.
The Commission believes it would be
the most efficient use of Phase II
funding to provide support to areas
above the specified funding threshold
and then target the discrete budget for
the Remote Areas Fund to those areas
that remain unserved after the
competitive bidding process.
13. A price cap carrier that elects to
make the state-level commitment is
already free to deploy to locations that
would be above the extremely high-cost
threshold to satisfy a portion of its build
out obligation. By making extremely
high-cost areas eligible for support in
the competitive bidding process, the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39165
Commission effectively provides
participants in the competitive bidding
process the same choice: They may elect
or not elect to serve those areas that the
model has determined to be extremely
high-cost.
14. The Commission does not decide
at this time whether to use census
blocks, or aggregations of census blocks
such as census tracts, as the minimum
size geographic unit eligible in the
Phase II competitive bidding process.
The Commission concluded we would
entertain proposals in the rural
broadband experiments in price cap
territories at the census tract level, and
the Commission currently is reviewing
the expressions of interest received to
date. The lessons learned from our
review of the expressions of interest in
the rural broadband experiments will
give us better data and allow us to make
a more informed decision on this issue
later this year.
2. Term of Support
15. Discussion. The Commission
concludes that Connect America Phase
II support awarded through the
competitive bidding process should be
available for ten years, subject to
existing requirements and the
availability of funds. In the recent Tech
Transitions Order, 79 FR 11327,
February 28, 2014 and 79 FR 11366,
February 28, 2014, the Commission
adopted a framework for rural
broadband experiments and concluded
that it would provide support for any
approved experiments for periods of up
to ten years. While acknowledging the
marketplace may change over time, the
Commission recognized that ‘‘some
entities may be unwilling to make the
necessary long-term investments to
build robust future-proof networks in
areas that are uneconomic to serve
absent continued support beyond a fiveyear term.’’ The Commission similarly
found that, for the competitive bidding
process for Connect America Phase II,
providing support for a period of ten
years may stimulate greater interest in
the competitive bidding process,
especially given the increased
investment participants may need to
bring to the table to meet the higher
speed benchmark we propose below.
Increased participation in the
competitive bidding process will help
ensure that funding is targeted
efficiently to expand broadband-capable
infrastructure throughout the country.
16. The Commission does not find
any compelling reason to limit the term
of support awarded through a
competitive bidding process to five
years, as initially suggested by some
commenters. Specifically, the
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
39166
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Commission is not persuaded by the
American Cable Association’s (ACA)
arguments that the flexibility to reevaluate the need for support after five
years outweighs the benefits of a longer
term that the Commission relies on
above. While the Commission
acknowledges that marketplace forces
may bring new competitors to high-cost
areas where Phase II support is
provided, it makes the predictive
judgment that such an outcome is
unlikely to occur due to the high-cost
nature of these areas; if those areas
could be cost-effectively served without
government support, it believes
competitors would already be serving
them. Nor is the Commission persuaded
that the term of support should be the
same for providers accepting Connect
America Phase II support pursuant to
the state-level commitment as for those
subject to competitive bidding. As the
Commission concluded in the Tech
Transitions Order, there is no inherent
reason why the terms associated with a
competitive offer must be identical to
the terms associated with the offer of
model-based support. One reason why
the Commission established a five-year
term of support for areas subject to
model-based support was to move to
competitive bidding processes in a
timely manner in those areas where
support initially would be awarded
through the acceptance of state-level
commitments. As noted by Windstream,
this reason for limiting the duration of
the support term is inapplicable when
support is awarded in the first instance
through a competitive bidding process.
3. Eligibility of Price Cap Carriers To
Participate in Phase II Competitive
Bidding
17. The Commission concludes that a
price cap carrier’s decision not to accept
model-based support should not
preclude it from participating in the
competitive bidding process. The
Commission finds that maximizing the
number of qualified eligible participants
is likely to improve the quality of the
competitive bids and the results of the
process. Moreover, the Commission
does not find persuasive the arguments
made by several commenters that
permitting price cap carriers to
participate in the competitive bidding
process would give them the ability to
‘‘cherry pick’’ the most desirable service
areas. The Commission expects that a
price cap carrier will determine whether
to accept the offer of model-based
support primarily based on its own
analysis of whether the support offered
for the state justifies undertaking the
associated obligations. It is not
unreasonable that a carrier might
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
conclude that the total amount of statelevel support would not meet the
obligations in the carrier’s specific
circumstances, while also concluding
that many or even all parts of the state
are worth serving at some other support
level. In addition, though a carrier could
strategically decline the model-based
support in the hope of favorably
selecting only the most desirable service
areas, that strategy would have risks.
Indeed, the very desirability of certain
service areas creates the possibility that
the carrier might not be awarded those
areas through the competitive bidding
process or that the support amount for
those areas will be bid down to a level
that is less than what the model would
have provided. In our predictive
judgment, the costs of excluding price
cap carriers that decline model-based
support exceed the possible benefits.
The Commission therefore declines to
exclude price cap carriers from the
competitive bidding process.
B. Provider Eligibility Requirements
18. In response to the proposals in the
USF/ICC Transformation FNRPM, a
number of parties raised concerns that
requiring ETC designation before
participating in the Phase II competitive
bidding process was a barrier to
participating in the auction, urging the
Commission to allow providers to
obtain ETC designation later in the
process. Similarly, a number of parties
urged the Commission to remove
barriers to participation in the Remote
Areas Fund.
19. Discussion. Under the statute,
only ETCs designated pursuant to
section 214(e) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended (Act) ‘‘shall be
eligible to receive specific Federal
universal service support.’’ Section
214(e)(2) gives states the primary
responsibility for ETC designation.
However, section 214(e)(6) provides that
this Commission is responsible for
processing requests for ETC designation
when the service provider is not subject
to the jurisdiction of the state public
utility commission. Support is
disbursed only after the provider
receives an ETC designation.
20. The Commission seeks to
encourage as many different types of
providers as possible to participate in
the competitive bidding process that
will award support to serve high-cost
and extremely high-cost areas. Likewise,
the Commission seeks to encourage
participation in the Remote Areas Fund.
Recognizing that there may be areas of
the country that the incumbent price
cap carriers do not wish to serve, it is
time to take steps to establish a
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
framework that will enable other
providers to become ETCs.
21. The Commission reaffirms that
entities selected to receive support from
Connect America Phase II or the Remote
Areas Fund must obtain ETC
designation from either a state public
utility commission pursuant to section
214(e)(2), or the Commission pursuant
to section 214(e)(6), of the Act. The
Commission declines at this time to
adopt the suggestion of certain parties
that it either forbear from ETC
designation requirements, or that it
preempt states from issuing ETC
designations. Rather, to address
concerns in the record and to encourage
participation in the competitive process
as well as the Remote Areas Fund, the
Commission adopts a more liberal
process for the timing of ETC
designation.
22. After consideration of the record,
the Commission concludes that
potential applicants in the Phase II
competitive bidding process need not be
ETCs at the time they initially apply for
funding at the Commission. Rather, the
Commission is persuaded that it should
permit entities to obtain ETC
designation after the announcement of
winning bidders for the offer of Phase II
Connect America funding, which it
believes will encourage greater
participation in the competitive process
by a wider range of entities. ETC status
must be confirmed before funding
awarded through the competitive
process is disbursed. The Commission
finds that maximizing the number of
qualified participants in the competitive
bidding process is likely to improve the
overall quality of the process. Some
qualified potential bidders may be
hesitant to invest resources to apply for
an ETC designation absent any sense of
whether they are likely to be awarded
Phase II support. Other potential
bidders may have concerns about
triggering obligations as an ETC pending
the result of the competitive bidding
process or for areas for which they are
not ultimately awarded support.
Moreover, unlike entities that are
already ETCs, entities that do not yet
have ETC designation would risk
making public their bidding strategy if
required to seek ETC designation in the
states where they intend to bid. On
balance, the Commission concludes that
the benefits of encouraging greater
participation in the Phase II competitive
bidding process outweigh any potential
risk that winning bidders do not meet
the necessary requirements to be
designated an ETC.
23. The Commission acknowledges
that it declined to take that approach for
the Mobility Fund Phase I and Tribal
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Mobility Fund Phase I. There, the
Commission adopted the general
requirement for those auctions that
parties obtain ETC designation prior to
filing the short-form application in part
to ensure that applicants filing to
participate in the auction were serious
bidders. Based on our experience with
the Mobility Fund Phase I and our
review of the record, however, the
Commission now concludes that a
different approach is warranted for the
Connect America Phase II competitive
bidding process. The Commission is not
persuaded by arguments that the ETC
designation must be received prior to
the competitive bidding process in order
to ensure that only financially and
technically qualified providers
participate in the competitive bidding
process. While the Commission
acknowledges the possibility that in
some cases a winning bidder may not
meet the requirements for designation as
an ETC, it presumes that prospective
bidders will have the appropriate
incentives to undertake the necessary
due diligence in advance of the
competitive bidding process to
understand the requirements for ETC
designation from the relevant state, or
this Commission, should the state lack
jurisdiction. The Commission notes that
if a winning bidder fails to receive an
ETC designation, it will be ineligible to
receive any payments of support and
will be considered in default of its
obligations, with the penalties that
entails. This risk should be an adequate
deterrent for prospective bidders to
ensure, in advance of bidding, that they
meet the necessary requirements and
have sufficient resources to meet their
obligations. Moreover, nothing the
Commission decides today precludes
any prospective bidder from filing an
ETC application in advance of the
competitive bidding process, should it
choose to do so.
24. In the Mobility Fund Phase I, the
Commission expressly permitted
potential bidders to obtain conditional
ETC designation prior to filing the shortform application. Given our decision to
permit entities to seek ETC designation
after public notice of the winning
bidders for the offer of Phase II support,
the Commission does not anticipate
many parties would seek conditional
ETC designation prior to applying for
funding. To the extent a party chooses
to do so, however, and a state or this
Commission issues a conditional ETC
designation prior to the auction, the
Commission expects that the ETC
designation in such situations will be
finalized quickly as a pro forma matter
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
after announcement of the winning
bidders for Phase II support.
25. The Commission seeks comment
in the concurrently adopted FNPRM on
implementation issues relating to ETC
designation, including the timeframe in
which a winning bidder must seek ETC
designation before being deemed in
default.
26. Financial and Technical
Qualifications. The Commission adopts
the concurrently adopted FNPRM
proposal that recipients of support
through the Phase II competitive
bidding process and the Remote Areas
Fund certify as to their financial and
technical capabilities to provide the
required services within the specified
timeframe in the geographic area for
which they seek support. The
Commission implemented such a
requirement for Mobility Fund Phase I
and Tribal Mobility Fund Phase I, and
it concludes it is equally appropriate for
recipients of support through the Phase
II competitive bidding process and the
Remote Areas Fund. It would not be
administratively efficient to conduct a
competitive bidding process with
participation from entities that are not
prepared to make such commitments.
Likewise, while the Commission does
not determine the details of the Remote
Areas Fund at this time, it concludes
that entities receiving support through
that mechanism should similarly be
financially and technically qualified to
provide the required services.
C. Transition Into Phase II
27. In this section, the Commission
addresses issues relating to the
transition from existing support to
Connect America Phase II.
1. Transition Where Model-Based
Support Is Less Than Connect America
Phase I Support
28. Discussion. The Commission
concludes that, where a carrier chooses
to accept model-based support that is
less than its Connect America Phase I
frozen support, the transition shall
occur over a three-year period of time.
Any carrier exercising its right to make
a state-level commitment will
effectively be making a decision that the
model-based support is sufficient to
meet its obligations in the areas for
which it is making a commitment.
However, the Commission generally
prefers to avoid flash cuts in support
that would dramatically affect
consumers. According to our estimates,
some carriers in some states will receive
significantly less support than they
receive today under Connect America
Phase I. It appears that seven carriers
would face reductions in their current
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39167
support in 30 states if they accept the
offer of model-based support. Because
some states have more than one carrier
with a reduction, there could be 52
discrete situations in which a carrier’s
frozen support in a particular state
would be less than its Phase I frozen
support if all price cap carriers accepted
model-based support. Of these 52
situations, there are 12 situations where
there would be reductions greater than
$5 million per year. While the specific
figures for individual carriers may
change after completion of the Phase II
challenge process, the Commission is
persuaded of the need for an
appropriate transition to lower support
levels.
29. The Commission’s desire to avoid
flash cuts has led it to adopt transitions
of varying lengths for various reforms
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, including a four-year period for
the phase-down of identical support for
competitive ETCs and a three-year
phase-down of support in rate-of-return
areas where there is a 100 percent
overlap with an unsubsidized
competitor. Given that carriers
accepting model-based support have
made a business decision that such
support is adequate to meet their
obligations, the Commission does not
agree that a transition comparable to the
phase-down in support for competitive
ETCs is required. To take that approach
would effectively mean the price cap
carrier would not be receiving modelbased support until the last year of the
five-year term. Rather, the Commission
is persuaded that a transition occurring
over three years for carriers accepting
state-level Connect America Phase II
support that is less than the frozen highcost support is sufficient.
30. Accordingly, the Commission
adopts the following transition: In all
years, a carrier accepting state-level
support pursuant to Connect America
Phase II that is less than the Connect
America Phase I frozen high-cost
support will receive the full amount of
Connect America Phase II support.
Assuming the Commission adopts the
proposal in the concurrently adopted
FNPRM to make the funding term for
Connect America Phase II coincide with
calendar years, in 2015 the carrier
would receive, in addition to its Phase
II support, 75 percent of the difference
between the annualized amount of
Connect America Phase II support that
it accepted and the amount of Connect
America Phase I frozen high-cost
support that it received in 2014. In
2016, it would receive 50 percent of the
difference; in 2017, it would receive 25
percent of the difference; in 2018 and in
2019, it would receive only Connect
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
39168
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
America Phase II state-level support. For
administrative convenience, this phasedown will apply to all carriers accepting
a lower amount of state-level support,
even if the absolute or relative size of
the reduction is small.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
2. Transition Where Competitive
Eligible Telecommunications Carrier
Receives Support Based on Competitive
Bidding Process
31. The Commission concludes that
competitive ETCs awarded Connect
America Phase II support through the
competitive bidding process will cease
to receive legacy phase-down support
for those specific areas upon
commencement of Connect America
Phase II support. The Commission
previously concluded that, with respect
to any price cap carrier that declines the
offer of model-based support, the
carrier’s Phase I support will terminate
when support is provided to another
provider for that area through the
competitive bidding process. Similarly,
the Commission also determined that a
competitive ETC’s legacy phase-down
support would be terminated in any
area for which it is awarded Mobility
Fund Phase II support upon
commencement of support. For similar
reasons, the Commission finds that any
competitive ETC that is authorized to
receive Phase II support through a
competitive bidding process will no
longer receive frozen legacy support for
the area in question. Given the carrier’s
explicit endorsement of the support
amount in its bid, the Commission sees
no need for additional support to ease
the transition to Connect America Phase
II.
D. Elimination of Support in Areas With
100 Percent Overlap
32. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission adopted a rule
to eliminate support in incumbent local
exchange carrier (LEC) study areas
where an unsubsidized competitor or
combination of unsubsidized
competitors offers voice and broadband
that meet our service obligations
throughout the service area. The
Commission hereby codifies that rule
and the three-year phase-down of
support adopted therein.
33. The Commission sought comment
on the methodology used for
determining whether an incumbent LEC
is 100 percent overlapped by an
unsubsidized competitor, and it
directed the Bureau ‘‘to publish a
finalized methodology for determining
areas of overlap and a list of companies
for which there is a 100 percent
overlap.’’ Now that the study area
boundary data collection has been
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
completed, the Commission expects the
Bureau will implement that directive in
the months ahead.
34. The Commission proposes in the
concurrently adopted FNPRM that the
Bureau should review the study area
boundary data in conjunction with data
collected on the FCC Form 477 and the
National Broadband Map every other
year to determine whether and where
100 percent overlaps exist. The
Commission also proposes to adjust the
baseline for support reductions to be the
amount of support received in the year
immediately preceding the
determination of 100 percent overlap,
rather than 2010 support amounts.
E. Rule Amendments
35. Sections 54.313 and 54.314 of the
Commission’s rules require that all
reports and certifications filed pursuant
to these sections be filed with the
Commission’s Office of the Secretary in
WC Docket No. 10–90. The Commission
takes this opportunity to amend the
Code of Federal Regulations to direct all
section 54.313 and 54.314 filers to file
their reports and certifications with the
Office of the Secretary in the newlyopened WC Docket No. 14–58.
36. The Commission also takes this
opportunity to make several rule
amendments. First, the Commission
moves the rules regarding HCLS and
safety net additive, which currently are
located in subpart F of Part 36, into a
new subpart M in Part 54 in order to
consolidate all high-cost rules in Part
54, and make conforming changes
throughout Part 54. In the course of
moving those rules, the Commission
also deletes those portions that are no
longer applicable due to the passage of
time and other changes previously
implemented in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. The Commission
notes that section 1.1105 of the
Commission’s rules requires a filing fee
in connection with petitions for waiver
of rules contained in Part 36. While
consolidation of the high-cost rules into
one part may constitute a substantive
rule change requiring notice and
comment because of the required filing
fee, the Commission utilizes the good
cause exemption for when notice and
comment are ‘‘impracticable,
unnecessary, or contrary to the public
interest.’’ Previously, the Commission
issued a blanket waiver of the filing fee
for carriers seeking a waiver of the
HCLS benchmark rule contained in Part
36, but did not do so for the remainder
of the universal service rules in Part 36
because that issue was not before it.
However, the Commission finds that
parties seeking waiver of any of the
universal service rules included in
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subpart F of Part 36 similarly should not
be subject to a filing fee, because parties
seeking a waiver of other high-cost
universal service rules in Part 54 are not
subject to any filing fee. In moving
subpart F of Part 36 to Part 54, the
Commission notes that parties seeking
waiver of the moved rules will no longer
be subject to a filing fee. The
Commission finds that it is in the public
interest to consolidate all high-cost
universal service rules into one part and
to maintain consistency regarding filing
fees throughout all of Part 54 of the
Commission’s rules and, therefore, that
it is unnecessary, under the
circumstances, to seek comment on
otherwise non-substantive change to the
Commission’s rules. Second, the
Commission deletes other codified
universal service rules that no longer are
applicable because they govern time
periods or support mechanisms that no
longer are in existence.
III. Declaratory Ruling
37. In contrast, in the areas served by
price cap carriers the Commission
concluded it would target support to
high-cost areas, and support would be
disbursed through a combination of a
forward-looking model and a
competitive bidding mechanism. Price
cap carriers accepting model-based
support must deploy voice and
broadband-capable networks to all
supported locations that are deemed
‘‘high-cost’’ and not served by an
unsubsidized competitor, but they are
not required to extend broadband in
extremely high-cost areas as determined
by the forward-looking cost model.
38. The Commission expressly
recognized that there are some areas of
the country where it is cost prohibitive
to extend broadband using terrestrial
wireline technology and, that in some
areas, satellite or fixed wireless
technologies may be more cost-effective
options to extend service. It established
a Remote Areas Fund with a budget of
at least $100 million annually to address
those areas that are not served. It
envisioned that this dedicated funding
would not be available in those remote
areas in rural America that already have
broadband meeting the Commission’s
performance requirements that it sought
comment on in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNPRM. The
Commission stated in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNRPM that it intended
‘‘to use a forward-looking cost model—
once finalized—to identify a small
number of extremely high-cost areas in
both rate-of-return and price cap areas
that should receive support from the
Remote Areas Fund.’’ It sought
comment in the USF/ICC
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Transformation FNPRM on various
issues relating to the Remote Areas
Fund, including performance
requirements, eligibility standards,
which areas would be eligible for
support, and measures to combat waste
and improve accountability. It noted
that ‘‘pending development of the
record and resolution of these issues,
rate-of-return carriers are simply
required to extend broadband upon
reasonable request.’’
39. Since the issuance of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, a number of rateof-return carriers have informally sought
guidance from Commission staff as to
what they are required to do under the
‘‘reasonable request’’ standard and what
should be addressed in their five-year
service improvement plans.
Commenters recognize that it is not
reasonable to extend service in
extremely high-cost areas, but the
question remains how that standard
might be applied in particular
situations. Some carriers have
informally expressed concern that state
commissions might conclude that highcost support is not being used for its
intended purpose, as required by
section 54.7 of the Commission’s rules,
if a carrier fails to extend broadband
service upon request in particular
situations or fails to meet deployment
targets contained in their five-year
service improvement plans. Concerns
also have been expressed that support
could be withheld, or recovery of
support previously disbursed could be
sought, for failure to meet this standard.
Moreover, certain state commissions
have informally indicated to
Commission staff that they feel they do
not have jurisdiction over broadband
services and thus cannot determine
where or whether it is appropriate for a
carrier to extend broadband service
upon reasonable request.
40. Discussion. The Commission now
concludes it would be appropriate to
issue a declaratory ruling regarding
which requests should be deemed
unreasonable under our current rules
and policies to provide greater clarity to
all affected stakeholders.
41. The Commission acknowledges
there is some ambiguity in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order on this topic. The
Commission suggested that to the extent
states retain jurisdiction over voice
service, they would have jurisdiction to
monitor the responsiveness of rate-ofreturn carriers to requests for service
over a broadband-capable voice
network. The Commission did not
address, however, what standards might
apply in those states where the public
service commission lacks jurisdiction to
address such matters, nor did it provide
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
any guidance as a matter of federal
policy as to what factors might be
relevant to the extent a state does have
jurisdiction. Moreover, when the
Commission stated its expectation that
rate-of-return carriers would ‘‘follow
pre-existing state requirements, if any,
regarding service line extensions in
their highest-cost areas,’’ it did not
distinguish the situation in which a
carrier is extending new facilities to
serve a location in the first instance
(such as extending a line to a newly
built home in a high-cost area) from the
situation in which the carrier has
existing facilities in place to provide
voice service (i.e., a copper line) to a
particular location and the customer is
requesting that line be upgraded to
provide broadband service as well as
voice service. The Commission therefore
concludes that it would be beneficial to
enunciate more clearly our requirements
for the extension of broadband services
where the rate-of-return carrier already
has a facility in place to provide voice
service.
42. Rate-of-return carriers evaluating a
request to extend broadband service
should consider whether it would be
reasonable to make the necessary
upgrades in light of anticipated end-user
revenues from the retail provision of
broadband service and other sources of
revenues, including but not limited to
federal or state universal service
funding projected to be available under
current rules. In considering end-user
revenues, carriers should take into
account the reasonable comparability
benchmark for broadband services. If
the incremental cost of undertaking the
necessary upgrades to a particular
location exceed the revenues that could
be expected from that upgraded line, a
request would not be reasonable.
43. A request to upgrade an existing
voice line to provide broadband service
would not be reasonable if it would
require new investments that would
cause total high-cost support, excluding
CAF–ICC, to exceed $250 per line per
month in a given study area. The
Commission determined in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order that ‘‘support
drawn from limited public funds in
excess of $250 per-line monthly (not
including any new CAF support
resulting from ICC reform) should not be
provided without further justification.’’
The Commission subsequently
determined in the Third Order on
Reconsideration, 77 FR 30904, May 24,
2012, that ETCs may take into account
backhaul costs or other unique
circumstances that may make it costprohibitive to extend service to
particular customers. Finally, in the
Fifth Order on Reconsideration, 78 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39169
3837, January 17, 2013, the Commission
clarified that when reviewing petitions
for waiver of the $250 per month cap,
it would ‘‘consider the impact of
reforms not only on voice service alone,
but also on continued operation of a
broadband-capable network and the
effect on consumer rates.’’ In particular,
the Commission stated that it
envisioned ‘‘granting relief to
incumbent telephone companies only in
those circumstances in which the
petitioner can demonstrate that
consumers served by such carriers face
a significant risk of losing access to a
broadband-capable network that
provides both voice as well as
broadband today, at reasonably
comparable rates, in areas where there
are no alternative providers of voice or
broadband. To the extent carriers have
already made the investment in such
broadband-capable networks, reductions
in support that would threaten their
ability to continue to maintain and
operate those existing networks offering
service at reasonably comparable rates
in areas where consumers have no
alternatives would be a public policy
concern.’’
44. Thus, under these prior
determinations, the Commission
declares that a request is not reasonable
if it would require a carrier to undertake
new network upgrades to install new
backhaul facilities or to replace existing
copper lines to the home with fiber
merely for the purpose of newly
providing broadband service in study
areas where total support already is
subject to the $250 per line monthly
cap. Moreover, the Commission declares
that a request is not reasonable if it
would require a carrier to undertake
new network upgrades to newly provide
broadband service to requesting
customers if that would cause total
monthly support that presently is under
the $250 cap to exceed the cap, under
our existing rules.
45. The Commission also declares that
a rate-of-return carrier has no obligation
to extend broadband-capable
infrastructure in any census block that
is served by an unsubsidized competitor
that meets the Commission’s current
performance standards. Indeed, to do so
would be inconsistent with the
Commission’s general policy—which is
not limited to price cap territories—that
‘‘all broadband build out obligations for
fixed broadband are conditioned on not
spending the funds to serve customers
in areas already served by an
‘unsubsidized competitor.’ ’’ The
Commission cannot and will not
condone new investment subsidized by
universal service funds to occur in areas
that are already served by marketplace
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39170
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
forces, and thus interpret our broadband
public interest obligation consistent
with that policy.
46. For purposes of determining
whether a census block is served by an
unsubsidized competitor, the
Commission provides flexibility to rateof-return carriers to make that
determination in one of several ways.
They are free to, but not required to, rely
upon the treatment of a particular
census block in the forward-looking cost
model recently adopted by the Wireline
Competition Bureau for the offer of
support to price cap carriers. They are
free to, but not required to, rely upon
published coverage maps or online tools
provided by competitors to enable
prospective customers to determine
whether service is available at particular
addresses. There may be other ways a
rate-of-return carrier may determine
whether a particular location already is
served by another provider; the
Commission does not intend to suggest
these are the only means of making such
a determination. The Commission
proposes in the concurrently adopted
FNPRM to preclude rate-of-return
carriers going forward, as of a date
certain, from including in cost studies
used for the determination of HCLS and
interstate common line support (ICLS)
the costs associated with new
investment in areas that are already
served by a qualifying provider that
provides voice and broadband meeting
the Commission’s Phase II performance
requirements. The Commission seeks
comment in the concurrently adopted
FNPRM on a rule to preclude new
investment from being recovered
through HCLS and ICLS as of a date
certain and instead to develop a new
Connect America Fund that will support
voice and broadband-capable networks
in rural America within the existing
Connect America Fund budget.
47. While the Commission does not
decide now as a general matter whether
and if so how a forward-looking cost
model could be used to identify areas
that would be eligible for funding from
the Remote Areas Fund, it believes the
Connect America Cost Model developed
by the Bureau potentially could be a
useful tool for rate-of-return carriers to
consider where it might be reasonable to
extend broadband-capable infrastructure
and for other purposes. The
Commission recognizes that some
parties have suggested that further work
would be required before the Connect
America Cost Model could be used for
any purpose in rate-of-return territories.
At a minimum, the Commission
concludes it should be updated to
incorporate the new study area
boundaries data that the Bureau recently
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
collected before it can be used for
regulatory purposes in rate-of-return
territories. The Commission therefore
directs the Bureau to undertake further
work to update the Connect America
Cost Model to incorporate study
boundary data, and such other
adjustments as may be appropriate.
48. In this regard, the Commission
recognizes that a larger percentage of
locations in rate-of-return areas lie
above the likely extremely high-cost
threshold identified by the Bureau in its
recent order adopting inputs for the
forward-looking cost model for the offer
of support to price cap carriers.
Commenters expressing concern about
the use of the model for determining
rate-of-return areas that would be served
by the Remote Areas Fund appear to
assume that such extremely high-cost
areas would only be served by the
Remote Areas Fund, and that existing
support for those areas would be
eliminated. The Commission
emphasizes that it has made no
decisions regarding how the Remote
Areas Fund might be implemented in
those areas of the country where the
incumbent provider is a rate-of-return
carrier. Classification of a rate-of-return
area as extremely high-cost under the
forward-looking model does not mean
that support would only be available
from the Remote Areas Fund.
49. Finally, the Commission notes
that our decision today does not change
support under the existing support
mechanisms for rate-of-return carriers,
nor does it impact existing broadband
service in extremely high-cost areas.
Rather, the Commission issues this
declaratory ruling so that carriers can
make efficient and prudent investments
going forward in the near term, while
the Commission considers the issues
raised in the FNPRM. As parties have
recognized, rate-of-return carriers are
free today to deploy alternative
technologies, or resell satellite service,
in areas determined to be beyond a
reasonable request for the extension of
fiber, in order to meet customer
demand.
IV. Order
A. Delayed Implementation of Section
54.318(b)
50. On March 20, 2014, the Bureau
announced that the average local enduser rate plus state regulated fees of the
surveyed incumbent LECs in urban
areas is $20.46. In addition, the Bureau
requested comment on a petition filed
by the Eastern Rural Telecom
Association (ERTA), Independent
Telephone & Telecommunications
Alliance (ITTA), NTCA, the National
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Exchange Carrier Association (NECA),
the United States Telecom Association
(USTelecom), and WTA—Advocates for
Rural Broadband requesting that the
deadline for compliance with the 2014
local service rate floor be extended from
July 1, 2014 to January 2, 2015, and that
subsequent adjustments to the rate floor
should then be made annually on
January 2.
51. Under section 54.313(h), the
$20.46 rate floor goes into effect on July
1, 2014, and all incumbent ETCs are
required to report their rates to the
Universal Service Administrative
Company (USAC) for the number of
lines for which ‘‘the sum of those rates
and fees are below the rate floor.’’
Pursuant to section 54.318(b), any
incumbent ETC whose rate for local
service plus state regulated fees is below
the rate floor shall have its ‘‘high-cost
support reduced by an amount equal to
the extent to which its rates for
residential local service plus state
regulated fees are below the local urban
rate floor, multiplied by the number of
lines for which it is receiving support.’’
52. No parties opposed the
Associations’ Petition. On reply,
commenters overwhelmingly supported
an extension of the deadline to comply
with the 2014 local service rate floor. In
support of the extension, commenters
note that there would be roughly sixty
days for incumbent LECs currently at
the $14 benchmark to take steps to
adjust rates to be consistent with the
2014 local service rate floor, which may
require a full local rate proceeding
before state regulators. Commenters also
suggest that carriers will need sufficient
time to minimize the impact of the rate
increase on consumers and complete
other necessary modifications. In
addition to overwhelmingly supporting
a delay in the implementation of the
rule, commenters suggest that a phasein of the 2014 local service rate floor is
appropriate and necessary to mitigate
the risk of rate shock for consumers.
While comments vary on the
appropriate phase-in, two associations
argued that an annual increase capped
at roughly $2.00 would be acceptable. In
addition, several commenters ask the
Commission to re-evaluate the local
service rate floor as a general matter,
suggesting that capping the annual
increase in the local rate service floor
would not impact the high-cost budget
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order or affect the universal service
fund contribution factor. The National
Association of Regulatory Utility
Commissioners (NARUC) filed a
petition asking the Commission to (1)
maintain the current benchmark ($14)
pending release of information
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
regarding the data and methodology that
produced the $20.46 rate, and (2) to seek
comment on how to calculate the
benchmark. Finally, the Maine Office of
Public Advocate argues that ‘‘a carrier
should receive full universal service
high cost support for each Lifeline
customer served even if that customer’s
monthly rate is a rate that is below the
Rate Floor.’’
53. Discussion. Initially, the
Commission notes that support under
the federal high-cost program
historically has been provided to highcost areas to ensure reasonable
comparability of rates between urban
and rural areas without consideration of
the relative income levels in such areas;
the program has not been designed to
provide differing amounts of high-cost
support for areas with lower incomes.
Rather, other Commission
mechanisms—specifically, the Lifeline
program—are the primary means by
which the Commission seeks to ensure
that rates are affordable for low-income
households. The underlying purpose of
the rate floor is one of fairness: ‘‘The
Commission does not believe it is
equitable for consumers across the
country to subsidize the cost of service
for some consumers that pay local
service rates that are significantly lower
than the national urban average.’’ As the
Commission explained in adopting the
rate floor in 2011, ‘‘[i]t is inappropriate
to provide federal high-cost support to
subsidize local rates beyond what is
necessary to ensure reasonable
comparability. Doing so places an
undue burden on the Fund and
consumers that pay into it.’’ The results
of the urban rate survey show there is
significant variation among the states in
the local rates charged to residential
consumers; nonetheless, in many states,
residential consumers are paying $25 or
more per month for local service. To the
extent that individual states wish to
maintain intrastate rates significantly
lower than the national urban average,
they are free to do so. This rule merely
prevents them from doing so in a
manner that would burden ratepayers
nationwide.
54. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission ‘‘anticipate[d]
that the rate floor for the third year will
be set at a figure close to the sum of
$15.62 plus state regulated fees.’’ To
mitigate the impact of the
implementation of the rate floor and
provide time to implement a new rate
survey, the Commission concluded that
the rate floor should be phased in over
several years: $10 beginning July 1,
2012, $14 beginning July 1, 2013, and
then the average urban rate, as
determined from data in the Urban
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
Rates Survey, beginning July 1, 2014. Its
goal in adopting a multi-year transition
was ‘‘to avoid a flash cut that would
dramatically affect either carriers or the
consumers they serve.’’
55. For 2014, the Bureau’s survey
determined that the average urban rate
is $19.81 plus $0.65 in state fees (a total
of $20.46). Because the survey average
for flat-rate local service is more than
four dollars higher than the Commission
anticipated, the Commission agrees with
commenters that a more gradual
approach to the reductions to universal
service support under section 54.318(b)
is warranted, and waiver of this rule is
appropriate.
56. Therefore, the Commission waives
the application of section 54.318(b) for
lines reported July 1, 2014, with a rate
of $14 or above. Commencing January 2,
2015 (reflecting rates as of December 1,
2014), and thereafter, through June 30,
2016, the Commission waives section
54.318(b) to the extent reported lines are
less than $16. For the period between
July 1, 2016, and June 30, 2017, it
waives section 54.318(b) to the extent
reported rates are less than $18, or the
2016 rate floor, whichever is lower. For
the period between July 1, 2017, and
June 30, 2018, we waive section
54.318(b) to the extent reported rates are
less than $20, or the 2017 rate floor,
whichever is lower. The Commission
believes that this four-year transition
should provide sufficient time for
carriers and state commissions to
determine whether and how to make
adjustments, without unreasonable
effects on carriers and consumers.
Further, because the Commission is
extending implementation of the
support reductions associated with the
next rate floor until July 2016, it does
not believe that it is necessary to change
the annual date on which the annual
rate floor goes into effect. Because ETCs
otherwise are required to submit their
annual reports on July 1 each year, the
Commission thinks it will be easier to
keep the rate floor effective date
consistent with these other filings. The
Commission leaves flexibility to the
affected parties to determine whether
and, if they seek to adjust their rates,
how to do so over the next four years.
The Commission emphasizes, however,
that nothing in our rules requires
carriers affected by the rate floor to
adjust their local rates.
57. While the Commission
understands some parties are concerned
about significant rate hikes, it is not
convinced based on the information
before us that implementation of the
approach adopted herein will lead to
widespread rate hikes. Our experience
with the implementation of the rule
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39171
thus far suggests that not all carriers will
raise rates to meet the rate floor. The
$14 rate floor went into effect on July 1,
2013, and carriers have now had two
opportunities to report the number of
lines below that rate floor. The rate floor
increased from $10 in 2012 to $14 in
2013, a 40 percent increase. When this
occurred, interested parties were largely
silent and voiced little opposition. The
Commission notes that three-quarters of
the lines subject to support reductions
this year (based on the rates in effect on
December 1, 2013) were price cap
carrier lines, while one-quarter of the
lines affected were reported by rate-ofreturn carriers. The fact that many
carriers continue to report some lines
with rates well below the $14 rate floor
suggests that they may have made a
business decision to grandfather the
lower rates for those customers and
accept the associated support
reductions. Indeed, the Commission
notes that more than two years after the
Commission adopted the $14 rate floor
to be implemented in 2013, carriers in
34 study areas in 16 states still are
reporting a number of lines with
residential local service charges of $5 or
less, further reinforcing our view that
individual carriers may choose not to
raise rates in response to the current rate
floor. The Commission therefore can
predict that, although there could be
increases in some rates, it is unlikely
that there will be a significant number
of dramatic increases.
58. In response to the NARUC
petition, the Commission notes that the
Bureau has posted on the Commission’s
Web site the data used to develop the
rate floor with explanatory notes,
effectively granting that aspect of
NARUC’s petition. Moreover, the
Commission also notes that our action
today to phase-in the effect of the rule
over a four-year period effectively
responds to NARUC’s suggestion that
‘‘at a minimum, delay and perhaps a
phasing in of the new floor is
warranted.’’ NARUC also suggests that
the Commission should seek comment
on how to calculate the benchmark. In
the Rate Floor Order, 78 FR 29063, May
17, 2013, the Bureau clearly explained
that the sample would be drawn using
FCC Form 477 data from fixed terrestrial
providers in urban census tracts, and
that the average urban rate would be
calculated based on the nonpromotional rate for stand-alone voice
service. To the extent that NARUC is
challenging that methodology, its
request is an untimely petition for
reconsideration of the Rate Floor Order.
If the intent of NARUC’s petition is to
challenge the Bureau’s decision to use
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39172
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
only incumbent LEC data in computing
the average urban rate, we note that this
decision resulted in a lower rate floor
than would have resulted if the Bureau
had used the data from all providers.
Therefore, seeking comment on that
aspect of the methodology would not
advance NARUC’s objective, and the
Commission see no other reason to do
so. The Commission therefore grants in
part and deny in part NARUC’s petition.
59. The Commission is not persuaded
by arguments that it should artificially
cap the 2014 rate floor to be a figure
lower than what was calculated by the
rate survey. The rate floor rule is
separate from the rule requiring
reductions in support for rates below
the rate floor; there is no reason why it
is necessary to ‘‘cap’’ the rate floor itself.
60. The Commission does not waive
section 54.313(h) of our rules. The
announced urban rate floor is $20.46;
incumbent ETCs must report their rates
to USAC to the extent that their rates
plus state fees are below this amount.
Having information regarding ETC rates
below the urban rate floor will facilitate
our ability over the next four years to
monitor the impact of this rule on
carriers and consumers. Effective July 1,
2016, the rate floor will be determined
by the next urban rate survey. The
Commission directs the Bureau to
conduct the next survey in sufficient
time to announce the results in early
2015 and to announce the 2016 rate
floor no later than January 31, 2016.
61. The Commission agrees with the
Maine Office of Public Advocate that a
carrier should not be subject to
universal service support reductions as
a result of the rate floor for those lines
provided to Lifeline customers. The
Commission has consistently
emphasized its commitment to ensuring
that its reforms do not negatively impact
Lifeline customers. The Commission
therefore waives application of section
54.318(i) for lines provided to customers
enrolled in the Lifeline program. The
Commission concludes that allowing
carriers to maintain rate plans that are
priced below the rate floor for Lifeline
subscribers strikes the appropriate
balance between ensuring that
consumers across America are not
funding below-average rates for selected
consumers, while providing targeted
relief to ensure this rule does not
negatively impact Lifeline subscribers.
Therefore, the Commission waives
section 54.318(i) and direct USAC to
take steps to ensure there will be no
reductions in high-cost support for lines
provided to customers enrolled in the
Lifeline program.
62. The Commission declines to
reconsider the adoption of a rate floor.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
Such requests effectively are untimely
petitions for reconsideration of the
original decision in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order to adopt the rate
floor. The Commission denied petitions
for reconsideration of the adoption of
the rate floor in the Third Order on
Reconsideration. Moreover, as noted
above, the Commission adopted the rate
floor as a matter of fairness to ensure
that consumers throughout the country
do not support consumers and states
with very low rates. While parties may
disagree with the particular operation of
the current rule, that does not change
the fact that consumers across the
country otherwise would be continuing
to subsidize, through federal universal
service support, excessively low rates in
some areas. As explained above, in no
sense does this policy require carriers to
raise their rates, nor does it preclude
states from subsidizing low prices
through their own universal-service
mechanisms. The Commission thus
continues to believe that the rate floor
is necessary to maintain fairness in the
universal service support mechanism
and accordingly grant in part and deny
in part the Associations’ Petition to the
extent described herein.
B. Waiver of Fees for Study Area
Boundary Waivers
63. The Commission’s rules require
carriers filing petitions for waiver of the
study area boundary freeze to submit a
$7,990 application fee with their
petitions. Historically, the Commission
has imposed application fees to recoup
a portion of the direct cost it incurs to
provide specific services to individuals
and companies. The $7,990 fee is a
uniform fee that applies to all petitions
for waiver of Part 32 accounting rules,
Part 36 separations rules, Part 43
reporting requirements, Part 64 cost
allocation rules, Part 65 rate of return
rules, and Part 69 access charge rules.
64. Discussion. In response to
informal inquiries from state
commissions and others, the
Commission now waives on our own
motion the $7,990 application fee for
carriers seeking a study area waiver to
transfer lines below the exchange level.
The Commission notes that the Bureau
generally considers petitions seeking to
transfer lines at the sub-exchange level
as routine. This burden and cost has
been reduced even further by the
streamlined study area boundary freeze
waiver process instituted in the USF/
ICC Transformation Order. The
administrative burden and cost
associated with reviewing these
petitions and issuing decisions,
therefore, is relatively small, while the
amount of the fee is a deterrent to
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transferring lines at the sub-exchange
level. Accordingly, there is good cause
to grant this limited waiver.
V. Memorandum Opinion and Order
65. In this section, the Commission
addresses two applications for review of
the Bureau’s Phase II Service
Obligations Order related to the
requirements for a provider to be
designated an unsubsidized competitor.
Alaska Communications Systems (ACS)
requests review of the Bureau’s
statement that it will consider
challenges to a competitor’s
unsubsidized status even if that
competitor is receiving high-cost
support that is being phased out. The
National Cable and
Telecommunications Association
(NCTA) requests review of the decision
to use the same criteria for determining
whether a provider is an unsubsidized
competitor as are used in setting the
obligations for Phase II funding
recipients. For the reasons set forth
below, the Commission denies ACS’s
application, and it dismisses NCTA’s
application. The Commission concludes
that it is appropriate for the Bureau to
commence the Phase II challenge
process under the framework
established in the Phase II Service
Obligations Order.
66. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission decided that all
ETCs ‘‘will be required to offer
broadband service in their supported
areas that meets certain basic
performance requirements.’’ In setting
those performance requirements for
Phase II model-based funding
recipients, the Commission stated that
those recipients must ‘‘offer broadband
at actual speeds of at least 4 Mbps
downstream and 1 Mbps upstream, with
latency suitable for real-time
applications, such as VoIP, and with
usage capacity reasonably comparable to
that available in comparable offerings in
urban areas,’’ offered at rates that are
reasonably comparable to the rates
offered in urban areas. In determining
the areas that will be eligible for
Connect America Phase II support, the
Commission stated that it will ‘‘exclude
areas where an unsubsidized competitor
offers broadband service that meets the
[above-mentioned] broadband
performance requirements.’’ The task of
assigning quantifiable metrics to the
Commission’s general performance
criteria, both for Phase II recipients and
for unsubsidized competitors, was
delegated to the Bureau.
67. In the Phase II Service Obligations
Order, the Bureau implemented the
Commission’s direction that Connect
America Phase II funding recipients
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
meet certain performance criteria. The
Bureau specified the performance
metrics that would be required of
recipients of Phase II model-based
support. The Bureau also specified how
those criteria would be used in
determining what areas would be
considered served by an unsubsidized
competitor, and therefore ineligible for
support. The Bureau noted that, per the
Commission’s direction, ‘‘an
unsubsidized competitor must be
offering broadband and voice service
that would meet the Commission’s
requirements for price cap carriers
receiving model-based support.’’ Thus,
in order to qualify as an unsubsidized
competitor, a provider must offer
broadband with speeds of 4 Mbps
downstream and 1 Mbps upstream (4
Mbps/1 Mbps), roundtrip provider
network latency of 100 ms or less,
minimum usage allowances of at least
100 GB per month, and pricing that is
reasonably comparable to that in urban
areas.
A. ACS Application for Review
68. In the Phase II Service Obligations
Order, the Bureau stated that it would
‘‘presume that any recipient of high-cost
support at the time the challenge
process is conducted’’ would not meet
the definition of ‘‘unsubsidized
competitor,’’ but it would ‘‘entertain
challenges to that presumption from any
competitive [ETC] that otherwise meets
or exceeds the performance standards
established [for price cap carriers
accepting model-based support] and
whose high-cost support is scheduled to
be eliminated during the five-year term
of Phase II.’’ It further stated that this
would ‘‘provide an opportunity for the
Commission to consider whether to
waive application of the ‘unsubsidized’
element of the unsubsidized competitor
definition in situations that would
result in Phase II support being used to
overbuild an existing broadbandcapable network.’’
69. ACS requests that the Commission
review and reverse the Bureau’s
decision. For the reasons discussed
below, the Commission denies ACS’s
application.
70. The USF/ICC Transformation
Order states, ‘‘[i]n determining the areas
eligible for support, [the Commission]
will also exclude areas where an
unsubsidized competitor offers
broadband service that meets the
broadband performance requirements
described above, with those areas
determined by the Wireline Competition
Bureau as of a specified future date as
close as possible to the completion of
the model.’’ ACS argues that allowing a
provider to challenge its unsubsidized
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
status even if it continues to receive
support after the start of Phase II
violates the requirement that the
determination be made ‘‘as close as
possible to the completion of the
model.’’
71. The Commission concludes that
the Bureau’s action falls within its
delegated authority to interpret and
implement the requirements of the
unsubsidized competitor rule. ACS’s
arguments fail for two reasons. First,
while the Commission required that the
list of eligible areas be determined as
close as possible to the completion of
the cost model, that does not necessarily
translate to a requirement that the
unsubsidized status of a provider be
determined based on whether that
provider is receiving funding at the time
the cost model is completed. While the
former is a decision made by the
Commission, the latter is an
interpretation of what it means to be
‘‘unsubsidized,’’ and the authority to
make that interpretation is delegated to
the Bureau.
72. Second, ACS’s argument is not
ripe for our consideration. The Bureau
has not ruled that any and all providers
receiving support after the start of Phase
II qualify as unsubsidized. Quite the
opposite: the Bureau presumes such
providers are subsidized and requires
that they come forward to present
evidence if they wish to challenge that
designation. In light of this, all the
Bureau did was provide a procedural
vehicle through which interested parties
could—if they so choose—present
certain evidence for consideration.
Recognizing that the Commission
delegated to the Bureau the
implementation of the challenge
process, the Commission is not
persuaded that it was beyond the
Bureau’s delegated authority to invite
parties to bring such evidence to the
agency’s attention.
73. Ultimately, the issue of the
Bureau’s delegated authority is moot,
however, because the Commission
agrees that the Phase II challenge
process is the appropriate venue for
parties to present evidence that they
serve areas with a service that meets the
standards established for Phase II, and
that those areas should be excluded
from the offer of support to price cap
carriers. The Commission therefore
affirms the Bureau’s invitation to
interested parties to present such
evidence in the challenge process. ACS
will suffer no substantial prejudice by
the challenge process proceeding as the
Bureau has outlined, as there will be
time to make any final determinations
on this topic based on a full record
before the offer of support is extended.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39173
It is appropriate and timely for the
Bureau to move forward with the Phase
II challenge process now.
74. To provide all interested parties,
including those outside Alaska, the
opportunity to weigh in more broadly
on how the Commission can use
Connect America funding most
efficiently, it seeks comment more
generally on this topic in the
concurrently adopted FNPRM.
Specifically, the Commission proposes
to exclude areas with competitors,
whether or not subsidized, from Phase
II eligibility in certain circumstances.
Parties are free to raise substantive
arguments in response to the
concurrently adopted FNPRM as to
whether this approach would harm
universal service. As such, the
Commission declines to address ACS’s
substantive policy arguments at this
time, and it denies ACS’s Application
for Review.
B. NCTA Application for Review
75. NCTA challenges the Bureau’s
determination that the standards used
for Phase II recipients’ service
obligations will also be used in
assessing whether a provider qualifies
as an unsubsidized competitor. The
Commission concludes that the
arguments advanced by NCTA are not
appropriate for consideration in an
application for review. The Commission
therefore dismisses NCTA’s Application
for Review.
76. NCTA seeks review of the
Bureau’s determination that uniform
standards will be used in assessing
whether areas are served by
unsubsidized competitors as well as
setting the requirements that apply to
recipients of Phase II model-based
support. NCTA argues that using the
same standards for both groups will
result in wasteful and inefficient use of
universal service funds; that the
decision is tantamount to directly
regulating broadband rates, terms, and
conditions; and that unsubsidized
competitors should not be held to the
same performance standards as Phase II
recipients, but rather should be
evaluated based only on the speed of
their offerings.
77. NCTA’s arguments constitute an
untimely petition for reconsideration of
the decisions made in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, and, therefore,
are not proper for an application for
review. The decision for which NCTA
seeks review is not an action taken by
the Bureau on delegated authority;
therefore, the matter is not properly
addressed in an application for review.
In the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
the Commission affirmatively decided
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
39174
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
that a uniform standard will apply in
determining what areas are served by an
unsubsidized competitor as well as in
setting the performance obligations for
recipients of Phase II model-based
support. Rather than constituting a new
decision made under delegated
authority, the Bureau’s Phase II Service
Obligations Order simply implements
the Commission’s prior direction to use
a uniform standard. Per the
Commission’s rules, a party may file an
application for review if it is ‘‘aggrieved
by any action taken pursuant to
delegated authority.’’ But NCTA is not
challenging a decision the Bureau made
on delegated authority. Rather, NCTA
challenges the Bureau’s implementation
of a prior Commission decision. An
application for review of a Bureau
decision implementing a Commission
directive may not be used as a vehicle
to seek reconsideration of the
Commission’s earlier decision. The
proper method for challenging the
Commission’s decision on this point
would have been for NCTA to seek
reconsideration of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. However, the
window for filing such a petition has
passed. The Commission therefore
dismisses NCTA’s Application for
Review of the Phase II Service
Obligations Order as improper on the
grounds that the application does not
seek review of any Bureau action taken
pursuant to delegated authority; to the
extent the filing should be viewed as a
petition for reconsideration of the
Commission’s decision in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, it dismisses it as
untimely.
78. The Commission concludes that
NCTA’s application is procedurally
defective. Therefore, the Commission
dismisses NCTA’s Application for
Review.
VI. Seventh Order on Reconsideration
79. In this section, the Commission
addresses several petitions for
reconsideration of certain aspects of the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, making
adjustments where appropriate. First, to
provide a more measured transition for
rate-of-return carriers that would have
qualified for SNA support based on
their significant network investment,
the Commission permits such carriers to
receive SNA for such investments made
in 2010 and 2011. Second, the
Commission denies a petition
challenging the imposition of broadband
public interest conditions on recipients
of high-cost support, concluding that
does not constitute common carrier
regulation. Third, the Commission
eliminates the HCLS benchmarking rule
so that carriers’ HCLS will no longer be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
limited by benchmarks calculated using
the QRA methodology.
A. Safety Net Additive
80. When the Commission adopted
SNA, the number of access lines was
growing. At that time, the Commission
did not anticipate that incumbent
telephone companies would lose access
lines as they have over the past decade.
Because incumbent LECs qualified for
SNA support by realizing growth in
TPIS on a per-line basis, decreasing
access lines resulted in the majority of
carriers receiving SNA support due to
significant loss of lines, rather than
significant increases in investment. For
example, in 2009 and 2010, close to
sixty percent of incumbent LECs that
qualified for SNA did so because of line
loss rather than increased investment.
81. In the 2011 USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
made the decision to eliminate and
phase out SNA. The Commission found
that the mechanism was not fulfilling its
purpose of encouraging ‘‘additional
significant investment in
telecommunications plant’’ because the
majority of incumbent carriers qualified
for SNA due to line loss rather than
network investment. The Commission
decided that carriers that qualified for
SNA support due to a 14 percent or
greater increase in total TPIS over the
prior year would continue to receive
support for the full five-year period for
which they were eligible. The
Commission concluded that other
carriers—i.e., those qualifying for SNA
based on line loss—would have their
SNA support phased down by 50
percent in 2012 and completely
eliminated in 2013 because such
support was not being paid on the basis
of significant investment in
telecommunications plant. Because the
Commission eliminated SNA effective
December 29, 2011, carriers that
otherwise would have newly received
SNA in 2012 or 2013 based on
qualifying investments prior to the
effective date of the Commission’s
action were no longer eligible for SNA.
82. Since the release of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, rate-of-return
carriers have urged the Commission to
reconsider its decision to eliminate SNA
support. NECA, OPASTCO, and WTA
(NECA et al.) also argue that, rather than
eliminating SNA support, the
Commission should revise the
qualification requirements for SNA so
that only those carriers that increase
their total network investment from
year-to-year—i.e., carriers that
experience total year-over-year, rather
than per-line, TPIS growth—would
qualify for SNA support. Both NECA et
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
al. and USTelecom urge the
Commission to extend the SNA phase
down schedule for carriers that
qualified for SNA based on line loss. On
December 20, 2012, North Central
Telephone Cooperative, Inc. (North
Central) filed a petition seeking waiver
of the Commission’s rules to enable it to
receive SNA support for investments the
company made in 2010. North Central
alleges that the decrease in support as
a result of the elimination of SNA has
caused it to defer investments that
would have resulted in lower annual
operating costs and increased
broadband availability and adoption in
very rural areas.
83. Discussion. On reconsideration,
the Commission concludes that a more
measured transition for carriers that
qualified for SNA based on investment
is appropriate. Specifically, the
Commission will allow carriers that
would have qualified for SNA based on
increased investment—an increase of at
least 14 percent in their total TPIS in
2010 or 2011—to receive such support.
This relief applies only to carriers that
would have qualified for such support
based on investment undertaken in 2010
or 2011 that led to a 14 percent or
greater increase in total TPIS, not
carriers that would have qualified due
to line loss. The Commission concludes
that providing SNA support for this
limited group of carriers is consistent
with our goal of increasing rural
broadband deployment by promoting
investment in modern networks.
Moreover, providing SNA for this
discrete group of carriers is consistent
with the Commission’s goal of
‘‘phas[ing] in reform with measured but
certain transitions, so companies
affected by reform have time to adapt to
changing circumstances.’’ Because of
the relief granted herein, the
Commission dismisses North Central’s
petition as moot.
84. The Commission reiterates that
carriers are not entitled to universal
service support simply because they
may have an expectation of such
support. However, the Commission
believes that providing a more measured
transition for carriers is not only
consistent with the original intent of the
SNA mechanism, but also furthers the
goals of the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, which was intended to expand
modern communications networks in
rural communities throughout the
country.
85. The Commission notes that our
decision, by focusing only on those
carriers who qualify for SNA based on
significant network investments, will
have a limited budgetary impact. In
2013, USAC disbursed approximately
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
$20 million in SNA support to eligible
carriers. The Commission estimates that
allowing SNA support for carriers
qualifying for SNA based on investment
in 2010 and 2011 will result in an
increase of approximately $31.5 million
in SNA support in 2014, $12 million
annually in 2015 and 2016, and $4.5
million in 2017.
86. The Commission otherwise finds
that parties have presented no new
evidence or raised new arguments that
convince us to delay or reverse the
Commission’s general decision to
eliminate and phase out SNA.
Accordingly, the Commission denies
other requests to reconsider actions
relating to SNA.
87. As the Commission explained in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
allowing qualification based on growth
in total investment rather than per line
investment, as petitioners suggest,
‘‘would not address [the Commission’s]
overarching concern that [SNA] as a
whole does not provide the right
incentives for investment in modern
communications networks.’’ For
example, the rule provided support for
investment in terrestrial wireline
networks in extremely high-cost areas
where it may be more cost effective to
deploy alternative technologies. The
rule also provided SNA to carriers for
investments in areas served by an
unsubsidized competitor. Therefore,
simply modifying the qualification
requirement, rather than eliminating
SNA altogether, would fail to provide
sufficient assurance that carriers
receiving support in the future would
make reasonable or cost-efficient
investments or target these investments
to areas that would not otherwise be
served, contrary to the goals of the USF/
ICC Transformation Order.
88. The Commission also declines to
alter the phase down of support for
carriers that qualified for SNA due to
line loss prior to or during 2009. The
phase down adopted by the Commission
was part of a total package of reforms
designed to balance the Commission’s
objectives of advancing the availability
of modern networks capable of
supporting broadband and voice
services at reasonably comparable rates
and encouraging efficient investment
while minimizing the burden on
consumers and businesses. The
Commission found that the SNA
mechanism was not well designed to
meet its intended purpose. Extending
the phase down for two additional years
would thwart the Commission’s reform
goals and reward inefficiency.
89. The Commission also is not
persuaded by USTelecom’s argument
that it should extend the phase down of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
SNA support for incumbent rate-ofreturn carriers that qualified for SNA
support due to line loss to provide
treatment equivalent to that provided to
competitive ETCs. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
established a five-year transition period
for competitive ETCs’ existing high-cost
universal service support in recognition
of the fact that they were losing all
support with the elimination of the
identical support rule. The Commission
adopted this phase down to eliminate
legacy support entirely for competitive
ETCs. Rate-of-return carriers remain
eligible to receive support from existing
high-cost support mechanisms as
reformed by the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, as well as
CAF–ICC support. As such, the different
approach for competitive ETCs makes
sense in the context of the overall set of
reforms.
B. Broadband Public Interest Conditions
90. For price cap carriers, the
Commission began the process of
transitioning high-cost support to the
Connect America Fund. In Connect
America Phase I, the Commission froze
existing high-cost support for price cap
carriers and their rate-of-return affiliates
until Connect America Phase II is
implemented. As a condition of
receiving this frozen support, the
Commission required price cap carriers
to use a portion of that support ‘‘to build
and operate broadband-capable
networks’’ necessary ‘‘to offer the
provider’s own retail broadband service
in areas substantially unserved by an
unsubsidized competitor.’’
91. The USF/ICC Transformation
Order also implemented a number of
reforms for rate-of-return carriers.
Relevant here, the Commission
determined that rate-of-return carriers
would continue to receive support
under existing universal service support
mechanisms (subject to some
modifications to improve the efficiency
and effectiveness of those mechanisms).
As a condition on the continued receipt
of high-cost loop support, interstate
common line support, and support from
the CAF–ICC recovery mechanism, the
Commission required rate-of-return
carriers to provide broadband service
meeting the specified performance
requirements upon reasonable request
for service and within a reasonable
amount of time.
92. In its petition for reconsideration,
USTelecom claims that the Commission
‘‘lacks authority’’ to condition the
receipt of ‘‘legacy’’ federal universal
support on these broadband public
interest conditions. It argues that these
conditions constitute ‘‘common-carrier
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39175
regulation,’’ and that because broadband
is classified as a Title I information
service, the Commission is precluded
from imposing such conditions on
support pursuant to section 3(51) of the
Act. That section provides, in relevant
part, that ‘‘[a] telecommunications
carrier shall be treated as a common
carrier under this [Act] only to the
extent that it is engaged in providing
telecommunications services.’’
93. Discussion. The broadband public
interest conditions that the USF/ICC
Transformation Order imposes on the
receipt of federal universal service
subsidies do not constitute a per se
common carrier obligation. After the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, as
before, carriers or their affiliated
Internet Service Providers are free to
offer or decline to sell broadband
Internet access service to any end user.
Carriers need not hold themselves out to
offer service indiscriminately to anyone.
Instead, carriers only have to provide
broadband service to a customer if the
carrier seeks designation as an ETC from
a state commission or the FCC and
requests federal subsidies. As such, the
USF/ICC Transformation Order imposes
funding conditions, not ‘‘regulation’’—
and certainly not a per se common
carrier obligation. Indeed, as the United
States Court of Appeals for the Tenth
Circuit has explained, conditions placed
on the receipt of federal universal
service subsidies—even though they
may be similar to the duties imposed on
common carriers—do not amount to a
per se common carrier obligation
because carriers voluntarily assume the
conditions in the first instance and
‘‘retain[] the ability to opt out of them
entirely by declining . . . federal
universal service subsidies.’’
USTelecom concedes that price cap
carriers ‘‘may decline [Connect
America] Phase I incremental support if
they ‘cannot meet [the Commission’s]
broadband deployment requirement’
and may decide not to accept [Connect
America] Phase II support.’’ The same
holds true with respect to legacy
support—price cap carriers have the
option of declining legacy high-cost
support if they do not want to comply
with the broadband public interest
conditions in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order.
94. The Commission is not persuaded
by the argument that the broadband
public interest obligations are not a
voluntarily assumed condition on the
receipt of federal subsidies because
incumbent LECs cannot recover the
costs they incur fulfilling various other
regulatory obligations in the absence of
high-cost universal service support and,
therefore, incumbent LECs have no
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39176
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
choice but to comply with the
broadband public interest conditions.
Implicit in this argument is the notion
that incumbent LECs are entitled to
universal service subsidies. The
Commission considered and rejected a
variation on this argument, which is
analogous to a takings claim, in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order. Indeed,
consistent with our view, reviewing
courts have uniformly rejected similar
entitlement claims, recognizing that the
‘‘purpose of universal service is to
benefit the customer, not the carrier.’’
95. Moreover, all incumbent LECs are
subject to regulatory obligations as
incumbents, irrespective of whether
they receive high-cost universal service
support. Thus, those obligations, which
are distinct from the universal service
objectives of section 254, do not entitle
some subset of incumbent LECs to highcost universal service support. Further,
incumbent LECs recover the costs
associated with many of those
obligations from other sources.
Accordingly, the Commission does not
agree that incumbent LECs have no
choice but to comply with the
broadband public interest conditions
because they will not be able to recover
their costs in the absence of federal
subsidies.
96. Likewise, the Commission does
not share the view that support is not
‘‘ ‘sufficient . . . to preserve and advance
universal service.’ ’’ The Commission
explained, at length, the basis of its
predictive judgment that federal
universal service subsidies would be
sufficient to support both voice and
broadband in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, and nothing
leads us to reconsider that
determination. As the courts have held,
consumers are the intended
beneficiaries of universal service
subsidies. Properly viewed from the
customer’s perspective, the evidence
demonstrates that support is sufficient
for purposes of section 254(b)(5).
97. Marketplace trends since the
Commission adopted the USF/ICC
Transformation Order support the
Commission’s conclusion that support
is sufficient to meet the broadband
public interest obligations. For example,
there has been an increase in broadband
deployment by incumbent LECs, both
price-cap and rate-of-return carriers.
Likewise, there have been increases in
both broadband and telephone
penetration rates since the adoption of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order. If
support was insufficient the
Commission would expect those rates to
stagnate or decline. The Commission
also finds no evidence that the
broadband public interest obligations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
some aspects of the benchmarking rule.
WTA, ERTA, and NECA (the Rural
Associations) filed a petition for
reconsideration of that Order. In their
petition, the Rural Associations claim
that the current benchmarking
methodology results in unpredictable
support and discourages investment in
telecommunications and broadband
infrastructure; they urge the
Commission to reconsider its
conclusion that the rule produces
predictable support, or use at a
minimum benchmarks solely as a trigger
to determine if a carrier’s costs require
further examination.
101. Subsequently, the Bureau
implemented a data collection to update
study area boundaries used in
developing the geographical variables in
the regression analysis. In July 2013, the
Bureau took several additional measures
to provide greater clarity regarding the
support amounts that rate-of-return
carriers would receive in 2014.
102. Discussion. The Commission
remains firmly committed to the goal of
ensuring that universal service support
is utilized efficiently to preserve voice
and extend broadband-capable networks
in high-cost areas in rural America. As
discussed in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
has taken steps to reform the universal
service mechanisms that support rate-ofreturn carriers ‘‘to address the
misaligned incentives’’ of the previous
regime ‘‘by correcting program design
flaws, extending successful safeguards,
ensuring basic fiscal responsibility, and
closing loopholes to ensure our rules
reward only prudent and efficient
investment in modern networks.’’
103. The Commission now concludes,
however, that the benchmarking rule is
not effectively advancing those
objectives. When the Commission
adopted the benchmarking rule in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, it
anticipated that the rule would
encourage carriers to make fiscally
responsible investments in their
infrastructure and that the support
redistributed by the rule would
encourage new investment in voice and
broadband-capable networks. Based on
our further experience with the rule,
however, the Commission concludes
that it is not functioning as originally
intended. Therefore, on reconsideration,
the Commission eliminates the
benchmarking rule.
104. The Commission now finds that
the rule unintentionally has encouraged
C. Elimination of the Benchmarking
carriers that were not subject to the
Rule
benchmarks to believe that they too
100. In the February 2013 Sixth Order needed to limit their investment in
on Reconsideration, 78 FR 16808, March broadband-capable networks. This was
due in part to the fact that the new rule
19, 2013, the Commission reconsidered
have proved to be too onerous for
incumbent LECs. To the contrary, since
the Commission adopted the USF/ICC
Transformation Order in 2011, only 14
out of the nation’s approximately 740
rate-of-return carriers have sought
waivers of universal service support
reductions. Given the dearth of such
waiver requests, the Commission finds
no merit to the claim that it’s providing
incumbent LECs insufficient support to
satisfy the broadband public interest
conditions.
98. Even if the broadband public
interest conditions amounted to
regulation, which they do not, they fall
far short of a per se common carrier
obligation. The DC Circuit has held that
a carrier is ‘‘being relegated to common
carrier status’’ if that carrier ‘‘is forced
to offer service indiscriminately and on
general terms.’’ USTelecom’s petition
for reconsideration, which lacks any
discussion of how the broadband public
interest conditions are commensurate
with a per se common carrier obligation
under Title II of the Act, fails to
demonstrate that those conditions
impose such a duty on universal service
support recipients. After the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, as before,
providers are free to set their own prices
for broadband service and may charge
different rates to different end-user
customers. Indeed, the broadband
public interest conditions only require
ETCs to offer broadband service if they
request federal subsidies, and then to do
so at rates in rural areas that are
‘‘reasonably comparable’’ to those in
urban areas. In other words, ETCs are
free to offer their broadband services on
terms they choose, and may offer
different pricing structures to different
areas of the country, subject only to the
condition that the rates they offer in
rural areas fall within a ‘‘reasonable
range of urban rates for reasonably
comparable broadband service.’’
99. If, for example, a customer such as
a community anchor institution
negotiated terms and pricing for
broadband services with an ETC to
address the unique needs of that
institution, the USF/ICC Transformation
Order does not then require the ETC to
offer those same terms to any—let alone
all—of the ETC’s other customers. As
such, the broadband public interest
conditions ‘‘leave[] substantial room for
individualized bargaining and
discrimination in terms,’’ distinguishing
them from common carriage.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
relied on a statistical methodology that
was unfamiliar to many affected
stakeholders.
105. The evidence before us does not
permit us to draw a firm conclusion
regarding the actual impact of the rule
in question; much of the concern
appears to be focused on potential other
reforms that might be implemented in
the future. A number of trade
associations, carriers, and consultants
have expressed to the Commission that
the benchmarking rule has been
discouraging investment. According to
the Rural Associations, 69 percent of the
NTCA members that responded to a
survey stated that they were
‘‘postponing or cancelling fixed network
upgrades’’ due to ‘‘uncertainty
surrounding’’ the benchmarking rule
and other reforms in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. On the other
hand, the Bureau’s Universal Service
Implementation Progress Report noted
that in the year following the April 2012
implementation of the benchmarking
rule, there was a 10 percent increase in
the number of census bocks reported by
rate-of-return carriers in which service
at speeds of at least 3 Mbps/768 kbps
was available. Investment thus has
continued to occur post-USF/ICC
Transformation Order, and we would
expect the steps we take today will lead
to even greater investment in the
deployment of next-generation
broadband networks.
106. While the Bureau staff and
affected stakeholders have proceeded in
good faith to implement the directives
of the Commission in the Sixth Order on
Reconsideration, the Commission
anticipates it still would take many
months for the Bureau develop new
regressions, seek public input on
potential equations, and finalize the
methodology to be used to calculate
support in 2014 and beyond. No party
has provided any concrete suggestions
as to what standards should be applied
to determine excessive costs if the
benchmarking rule were used as a
trigger for further examination of costs.
Thus, the Commission declines to adopt
the Rural Associations’ suggestion that
it use the QRA as a trigger to determine
if a carrier’s costs require further
examination, although it is firmly
committed to developing standards for
what are reasonable and appropriate
investments for rate-of-return carriers.
The Commission now concludes that
eliminating the benchmarking rule at
this time is a prudent step that should
enable rate-of-return carriers to evaluate
realistically the impact of the reforms
adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order on their business operations and
extend broadband-capable infrastructure
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
where economically appropriate. As a
result of this decision, carriers’ HCLS
support will no longer be capped by
benchmarks calculated using the QRA
methodology. Instead, the Commission
is leaving in place the HCLS mechanism
that the Rural Associations themselves
argue is predictable, while it continues
to evaluate alternative ways to ensure
that rate-of-return carriers have
structural incentives to operate
efficiently and make prudent
expenditures with universal service
support.
107. With the elimination of the
benchmarking rule, carriers’ HCLS
support will be distributed as it
previously had been prior to the USF/
ICC Transformation Order. Nothing in
today’s decision disturbs the other rules
governing eligibility for HCLS, such as
the HCLS indexed cap, which limits the
total amount of HCLS provided to rateof-return carriers and has been in effect
for decades. Likewise, the $250 monthly
per-line cap on total high-cost federal
universal service support and the
corporate operations expense
limitations for ICLS remain in place for
all rate-of-return carriers.
108. The Commission continues to
have significant concerns with the ‘‘race
to the top’’ incentives that exist under
the HCLS rule. Given the perception of
and concerns with the benchmarking
rule, however, the Commission
concludes it is appropriate to eliminate
it while it considers options to increase
incentives for efficient investment of
universal service funds. The
Commission will press forward with
efforts to ensure that these funds are
disbursed efficiently and in the public
interest. Such efforts are essential if the
Commission is to remain within the
budget framework established by a
unanimous Commission in the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. The Commission
seeks comment in the concurrently
adopted FNPRM on several specific
reforms to the existing support
mechanisms for rate-of-return carriers,
while inviting additional proposals that
will create an appropriate framework for
network investment and expansion over
the longer term.
109. ASTAC and CVTC’s Application
for Review. The Commission also takes
this opportunity to dismiss ASTAC and
CVTC’s untimely filed application for
review of the Sixth Order on
Reconsideration. The Sixth Order on
Reconsideration was not properly
subject to an application for review,
because it was adopted by the
Commission and not by the Bureau on
delegated authority. Moreover, even if
the Commission were to treat the
application as a petition for
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39177
reconsideration, it dismisses the
pleading pursuant to section 1.429(d)
and (i) of the Commission’s rules. Not
only does the application address an
issue that is wholly unrelated to and
outside the scope of the Sixth Order on
Reconsideration (the QRA’s climate
variable), but the application was also
filed 30 days late—petitions for
reconsideration must be filed within 30
days of public notice, and whereas the
Sixth Order on Reconsideration was
published in the Federal Register on
March 19, 2013, the application for
review was not filed until May 18, 2013.
VII. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
110. This document contains new
information collection requirements
subject to the PRA. It will be submitted
to the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review under section 3507(d)
of the PRA. OMB, the general public,
and other Federal agencies are invited to
comment on the new information
collection requirements contained in
this proceeding. In addition, the
Commission notes that pursuant to the
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
2002, it previously sought specific
comment on how the Commission might
further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The Commission describes impacts that
might affect small businesses, which
includes most businesses with fewer
than 25 employees, in the Final
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA)
in Appendix C, infra.
B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
111. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), as
amended, an Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analyses (IRFA) was
incorporated in the Further Notice of
Proposed Rule Making (USF/ICC
Transformation FNRPM). The
Commission sought written public
comment on the proposals in the USF/
ICC Transformation FNRPM, including
comment on the IRFA. The Commission
did not receive any relevant comments
on the USF/ICC Transformation FNPRM
IRFA. This Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling,
and Order
112. The Report and Order adopts
several rules to establish the foundation
for the award of support in price cap
areas where the price cap carrier
declines the offer of model-based
support. Specifically, the Commission
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39178
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
concludes that all areas where the
average cost per location equals or
exceeds a specified cost benchmark are
eligible for Phase II support in the
competitive bidding process. The
Commission sets a support term of 10
years for support awarded through the
competitive bidding process. Finally,
the Commission permits price cap
carriers that decline model-based
support to participate in the competitive
bidding process.
113. The Commission also addresses
more generally provider eligibility for
support through the competitive
bidding process and the Remote Areas
Fund. The Commission permits entities
to seek designation as eligible
telecommunications carriers (ETC) after
notification they are winning bidders for
the offer of Phase II Connect America
funding. The Commission also
concludes that recipients of support
through the competitive bidding process
or Remote Areas Fund must certify as to
their financial and technical capabilities
to provide the required services within
the specified timeframe in the
geographic area for which they seek
support.
114. The Commission issues a
declaratory ruling to provide rate-ofreturn carriers greater clarity regarding
their obligations to extend broadband
service upon reasonable request.
115. In the Order, the Commission
phases in support reductions associated
with the 2014 rate floor of $20.46 over
a multi-year period to provide time for
incumbent carriers and state
commissions to make any adjustments
they deem necessary. In particular, the
Commission defers any support
reductions for lines that have rates of
$14 or greater until January 2, 2015.
Between January 2, 2015, and June 30,
2016, the Commission implements
support reductions only to the extent
rates are below $16; between July 1,
2016 and June 30, 2017, it implements
support reductions only for lines with
rates under $18 or the rate floor
established by the 2016 rate survey,
whichever is lower; and between July 1,
2017 and June 30, 2018, the
Commission implements support
reductions only for lines with rates
under $20 or the 2017 rate floor,
whichever is lower. Thus, the impact of
this rule is phased in over a four-year
period. In addition, the Commission
waives any support reductions
associated with lines provided to
customers enrolled in the Lifeline
program. This will minimize the effect
of rate-floor-related support reductions
on small entities with Lifeline
customers.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
116. The Commission also reconsiders
certain aspects of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order in response to
petitions from a variety of stakeholders.
These modifications reflect our
continuing commitment in the universal
service reforms to efficiency and
creating the appropriate incentives to
invest and operate modern voice and
broadband-capable networks. First, to
provide a more measured transition for
rate-of-return carriers that would have
qualified under the prior rules for
certain support known as Safety Net
Additive (SNA) based on their
significant network investment, the
Commission permits such carriers to
receive SNA for such investments made
in 2010 and 2011. Second, the
Commission eliminates the high-cost
loop support (HCLS) benchmarking rule
so that rate-of-return carriers’ support
will no longer be limited by benchmarks
calculated using quantile regression
analysis (QRA).
117. In addition, the Commission
waives the application fees for carriers
seeking a study area waiver to transfer
lines below the sub-exchange level.
Prior to this decision, study area
waivers required an application fee of
$7,990 regardless of the number of lines
involved. Because the processing of subexchange level transfers is now routine,
the burden and cost associated with
reviewing these petitions has been
reduced and the application fee, which
is a deterrent to transferring lines, is no
longer necessary. The Commission also
denies a petition for reconsideration of
the Commission’s decision to impose
broadband public interest obligations on
recipients of high-cost support, and in
the Memorandum Opinion and Order
the Commission dismisses or denies two
applications for review of the Wireline
Competition Bureau’s (Bureau) Phase II
Service Obligations Order.
2. Summary of Significant Issues Raised
by Public Comments in Response to the
IRFA
118. There were no relevant
comments filed that specifically
addressed the rules and policies
proposed in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNPRM IRFA.
3. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Proposed Rules Will Apply
119. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the rules adopted herein. The RFA
generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small-business concern’’
under the Small Business Act. A ‘‘smallbusiness concern’’ is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.
120. Small Businesses. Nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 27.5
million small businesses, according to
the SBA.
121. Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, which
consists of all such companies having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
3,188 firms in this category, total, that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 firms had employment of
999 or fewer employees, and 44 firms
had employment of 1,000 employees or
more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small.
122. Local Exchange Carriers (LECs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of local
exchange service are small entities that
may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed in the Order.
123. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to incumbent
local exchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
incumbent local exchange service are
small businesses that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
124. The Commission has included
small incumbent LECs in this present
RFA analysis. As noted above, a ‘‘small
business’’ under the RFA is one that,
inter alia, meets the pertinent small
business size standard (e.g., a telephone
communications business having 1,500
or fewer employees), and ‘‘is not
dominant in its field of operation.’’ The
SBA’s Office of Advocacy contends that,
for RFA purposes, small incumbent
LECs are not dominant in their field of
operation because any such dominance
is not ‘‘national’’ in scope. The
Commission has therefore included
small incumbent LECs in this RFA
analysis, although it emphasizes that
this RFA action has no effect on
Commission analyses and
determinations in other, non-RFA
contexts.
125. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (competitive LECs), Competitive
Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant
Service Providers, and Other Local
Service Providers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
specifically for these service providers.
The appropriate size standard under
SBA rules is for the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 1,442
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of either competitive
local exchange services or competitive
access provider services. Of these 1,442
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 186 have more
than 1,500 employees. In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or
fewer employees. In addition, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers. Of the
72, seventy have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
126. Interexchange Carriers (IXCs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to
interexchange services. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 359 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of interexchange services.
Of these 359 companies, an estimated
317 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
42 have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
127. Prepaid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for prepaid calling
card providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of
prepaid calling cards. Of these, an
estimated all 193 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and none have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of prepaid calling card providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
128. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 213
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale
services. Of these, an estimated 211
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of local
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
129. Toll Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 881
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39179
130. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a size standard for small businesses
specifically applicable to Other Toll
Carriers. This category includes toll
carriers that do not fall within the
categories of interexchange carriers,
operator service providers, prepaid
calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 284 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of other toll carriage. Of
these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and five have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most
Other Toll Carriers are small entities
that may be affected by the rules and
policies adopted pursuant to the Order.
131. 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (toll free)
subscribers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to our data, as of September
2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of
888 numbers assigned was 5,588,687;
the number of 877 numbers assigned
was 4,721,866; and the number of 866
numbers assigned was 7,867,736. The
Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these
subscribers that are not independently
owned and operated or have more than
1,500 employees, and thus are unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of toll free
subscribers that would qualify as small
businesses under the SBA size standard.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that there are 7,860,000 or
fewer small entity 800 subscribers;
5,588,687 or fewer small entity 888
subscribers; 4,721,866 or fewer small
entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or
fewer small entity 866 subscribers.
132. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). Since 2007,
the SBA has recognized wireless firms
within this new, broad, economic
census category. Prior to that time, such
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39180
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
firms were within the now-superseded
categories of Paging and Cellular and
Other Wireless Telecommunications.
Under the present and prior categories,
the SBA has deemed a wireless business
to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.
Of this total, 1,368 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 15 had employment of 1000
employees or more. Similarly, according
to Commission data, 413 carriers
reported that they were engaged in the
provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, Personal
Communications Service (PCS), and
Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR)
Telephony services. Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, the Commission
estimates that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
133. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. The
broadband personal communications
service (PCS) spectrum is divided into
six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The
Commission defined ‘‘small entity’’ for
Blocks C and F as an entity that has
average gross revenues of $40 million or
less in the three previous calendar
years. For Block F, an additional
classification for ‘‘very small business’’
was added and is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates, has
average gross revenues of not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These standards
defining ‘‘small entity’’ in the context of
broadband PCS auctions have been
approved by the SBA. No small
businesses, within the SBA-approved
small business size standards bid
successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders
that qualified as small entities in the
Block C auctions. A total of 93 small
and very small business bidders won
approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses for Blocks D, E, and F. In 1999,
the Commission re-auctioned 347 C, E,
and F Block licenses. There were 48
small business winning bidders. In
2001, the Commission completed the
auction of 422 C and F Broadband PCS
licenses in Auction 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in this auction, 29
qualified as ‘‘small’’ or ‘‘very small’’
businesses. Subsequent events,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
concerning Auction 35, including
judicial and agency determinations,
resulted in a total of 163 C and F Block
licenses being available for grant. In
2005, the Commission completed an
auction of 188 C block licenses and 21
F block licenses in Auction 58. There
were 24 winning bidders for 217
licenses. Of the 24 winning bidders, 16
claimed small business status and won
156 licenses. In 2007, the Commission
completed an auction of 33 licenses in
the A, C, and F Blocks in Auction 71.
Of the 14 winning bidders, six were
designated entities. In 2008, the
Commission completed an auction of 20
Broadband PCS licenses in the C, D, E
and F block licenses in Auction 78.
134. Advanced Wireless Services. In
2008, the Commission conducted the
auction of Advanced Wireless Services
(‘‘AWS’’) licenses. This auction, which
as designated as Auction 78, offered 35
licenses in the AWS 1710–1755 MHz
and 2110–2155 MHz bands (AWS–1).
The AWS–1 licenses were licenses for
which there were no winning bids in
Auction 66. That same year, the
Commission completed Auction 78. A
bidder with attributed average annual
gross revenues that exceeded $15
million and did not exceed $40 million
for the preceding three years (‘‘small
business’’) received a 15 percent
discount on its winning bid. A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that did not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years
(‘‘very small business’’) received a 25
percent discount on its winning bid. A
bidder that had combined total assets of
less than $500 million and combined
gross revenues of less than $125 million
in each of the last two years qualified
for entrepreneur status. Four winning
bidders that identified themselves as
very small businesses won 17 licenses.
Three of the winning bidders that
identified themselves as a small
business won five licenses.
Additionally, one other winning bidder
that qualified for entrepreneur status
won 2 licenses.
135. Narrowband Personal
Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for
Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in
1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ‘‘small
businesses’’ were entities with average
gross revenues for the prior three
calendar years of $40 million or less.
Through these auctions, the
Commission awarded a total of 41
licenses, 11 of which were obtained by
four small businesses. To ensure
meaningful participation by small
business entities in future auctions, the
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the
Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order, 65 FR 35843, June 6, 2000. A
‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more
than $40 million. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has
average gross revenues for the three
preceding years of not more than $15
million. The SBA has approved these
small business size standards. A third
auction was conducted in 2001. Here,
five bidders won 317 (Metropolitan
Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.
Three of these claimed status as a small
or very small entity and won 311
licenses.
136. Paging (Private and Common
Carrier). In the Paging Third Report and
Order, 64 FR 33762, June 24, 1999, the
Commission developed a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in Paging or Messaging Service.
Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or
fewer employees, and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of paging providers are small
entities that may be affected by our
action. An auction of Metropolitan
Economic Area licenses commenced on
February 24, 2000, and closed on March
2, 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned,
985 were sold. Fifty-seven companies
claiming small business status won 440
licenses. A subsequent auction of MEA
and Economic Area (‘‘EA’’) licenses was
held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514
licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold.
One hundred thirty-two companies
claiming small business status
purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
2,093 licenses. A fourth auction,
consisting of 9,603 lower and upper
paging band licenses was held in the
year 2010. Twenty-nine bidders
claiming small or very small business
status won 3,016 licenses.
137. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase I
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase
I licensing was conducted by lotteries in
1992 and 1993. There are approximately
1,515 such non-nationwide licensees
and four nationwide licensees currently
authorized to operate in the 220 MHz
band. The Commission has not
developed a small business size
standard for small entities specifically
applicable to such incumbent 220 MHz
Phase I licensees. To estimate the
number of such licensees that are small
businesses, the Commission applies the
small business size standard under the
SBA rules applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under this category, the SBA
deems a wireless business to be small if
it has 1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission estimates that nearly all
such licensees are small businesses
under the SBA’s small business size
standard that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
138. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase II
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The
Phase II 220 MHz service is subject to
spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz
Third Report and Order, 62 FR 15978,
April 3, 1997, the Commission adopted
a small business size standard for
‘‘small’’ and ‘‘very small’’ businesses for
purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. This
small business size standard indicates
that a ‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that do not
exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
Auctions of Phase II licenses
commenced on September 15, 1998, and
closed on October 22, 1998. In the first
auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in
three different-sized geographic areas:
three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional
Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses,
and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses.
Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were
sold. Thirty-nine small businesses won
licenses in the first 220 MHz auction.
The second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
licenses. Fourteen companies claiming
small business status won 158 licenses.
139. Specialized Mobile Radio. The
Commission awards small business
bidding credits in auctions for
Specialized Mobile Radio (‘‘SMR’’)
geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz
and 900 MHz bands to entities that had
revenues of no more than $15 million in
each of the three previous calendar
years. The Commission awards very
small business bidding credits to
entities that had revenues of no more
than $3 million in each of the three
previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards for the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
SMR Services. The Commission has
held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction was
completed in 1996. Sixty bidders
claiming that they qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard won 263 geographic area
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The
800 MHz SMR auction for the upper 200
channels was conducted in 1997. Ten
bidders claiming that they qualified as
small businesses under the $15 million
size standard won 38 geographic area
licenses for the upper 200 channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band. A second
auction for the 800 MHz band was
conducted in 2002 and included 23 BEA
licenses. One bidder claiming small
business status won five licenses.
140. The auction of the 1,053 800
MHz SMR geographic area licenses for
the General Category channels was
conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders won
108 geographic area licenses for the
General Category channels in the 800
MHz SMR band qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard. In an auction completed in
2000, a total of 2,800 Economic Area
licenses in the lower 80 channels of the
800 MHz SMR service were awarded. Of
the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed
small business status and won 129
licenses. Thus, combining all three
auctions, 40 winning bidders for
geographic licenses in the 800 MHz
SMR band claimed status as small
business.
141. In addition, there are numerous
incumbent site-by-site SMR licensees
and licensees with extended
implementation authorizations in the
800 and 900 MHz bands. The
Commission does not know how many
firms provide 800 MHz or 900 MHz
geographic area SMR pursuant to
extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these
providers have annual revenues of no
more than $15 million. One firm has
over $15 million in revenues. In
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39181
addition, the Commission does not
know how many of these firms have
1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission assumes, for purposes of
this analysis, that all of the remaining
existing extended implementation
authorizations are held by small
entities, as that small business size
standard is approved by the SBA.
142. Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems,
previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (‘‘MDS’’) and
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘MMDS’’) systems, and
‘‘wireless cable,’’ transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide
two-way high speed data operations
using the microwave frequencies of the
Broadband Radio Service (‘‘BRS’’) and
Educational Broadband Service (‘‘EBS’’)
(previously referred to as the
Instructional Television Fixed Service
(‘‘ITFS’’)). In connection with the 1996
BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size
standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than
$40 million in the previous three
calendar years. The BRS auctions
resulted in 67 successful bidders
obtaining licensing opportunities for
493 Basic Trading Areas (‘‘BTAs’’). Of
the 67 auction winners, 61 met the
definition of a small business. BRS also
includes licensees of stations authorized
prior to the auction. At this time, the
Commission estimates that of the 61
small business BRS auction winners, 48
remain small business licensees. In
addition to the 48 small businesses that
hold BTA authorizations, there are
approximately 392 incumbent BRS
licensees that are considered small
entities. After adding the number of
small business auction licensees to the
number of incumbent licensees not
already counted, the Commission finds
that there are currently approximately
440 BRS licensees that are defined as
small businesses under either the SBA
or the Commission’s rules. The
Commission has adopted three levels of
bidding credits for BRS: (i) A bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do
not exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years (small business) is eligible to
receive a 15 percent discount on its
winning bid; (ii) a bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues
that exceed $3 million and do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years (very small business) is
eligible to receive a 25 percent discount
on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder
with attributed average annual gross
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39182
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
revenues that do not exceed $3 million
for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) is eligible to receive a 35
percent discount on its winning bid. In
2009, the Commission conducted
Auction 86, which offered 78 BRS
licenses. Auction 86 concluded with ten
bidders winning 61 licenses. Of the ten,
two bidders claimed small business
status and won 4 licenses; one bidder
claimed very small business status and
won three licenses; and two bidders
claimed entrepreneur status and won
six licenses.
143. In addition, the SBA’s Cable
Television Distribution Services small
business size standard is applicable to
EBS. There are presently 2,032 EBS
licensees. All but 100 of these licenses
are held by educational institutions.
Educational institutions are included in
this analysis as small entities. Thus, the
Commission estimates that at least 1,932
licensees are small businesses. Since
2007, Cable Television Distribution
Services have been defined within the
broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers;
that category is defined as follows:
‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA defines a small
business size standard for this category
as any such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
and 16 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
144. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses.
The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding
$40 million for the preceding three
years. A ‘‘very small business’’ is
defined as an entity that, together with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, the Lower 700
MHz Band had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural
Service Area (‘‘MSA/RSA’’) licenses,
identified as ‘‘entrepreneur’’ and
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these
small size standards. The Commission
conducted an auction in 2002 of 740
Lower 700 MHz Band licenses (one
license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs
and one license in each of the six
Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of
the 740 licenses available for auction,
484 licenses were sold to 102 winning
bidders. Seventy-two of the winning
bidders claimed small business, very
small business or entrepreneur status
and won a total of 329 licenses. The
Commission conducted a second Lower
700 MHz Band auction in 2003 that
included 256 licenses: 5 EAG licenses
and 476 Cellular Market Area licenses.
Seventeen winning bidders claimed
small or very small business status and
won 60 licenses, and nine winning
bidders claimed entrepreneur status and
won 154 licenses. In 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of 5
licenses in the Lower 700 MHz Band,
designated Auction 60. There were three
winning bidders for five licenses. All
three winning bidders claimed small
business status.
145. In 2007, the Commission
reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second
Report and Order, 72 FR 48814, August
24, 2007. The 700 MHz Second Report
and Order revised the band plan for the
commercial (including Guard Band) and
public safety spectrum, adopted services
rules, including stringent build-out
requirements, an open platform
requirement on the C Block, and a
requirement on the D Block licensee to
construct and operate a nationwide,
interoperable wireless broadband
network for public safety users. An
auction of A, B and E block licenses in
the Lower 700 MHz band was held in
2008. Twenty winning bidders claimed
small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do
not exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years). Thirty three winning
bidders claimed very small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years). In 2011, the Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
conducted Auction 92, which offered 16
Lower 700 MHz band licenses that had
been made available in Auction 73 but
either remained unsold or were licenses
on which a winning bidder defaulted.
Two of the seven winning bidders in
Auction 92 claimed very small business
status, winning a total of four licenses.
146. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses.
In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules
regarding Upper 700 MHz band
licenses. In 2008, the Commission
conducted Auction 73 in which C and
D block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band were available. Three winning
bidders claimed very small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that do not
exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years).
147. 700 MHz Guard Band Licensees.
In the 700 MHz Guard Band Order, 65
FR 17594, April 4, 2000, the
Commission adopted a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. An auction of 52 Major
Economic Area (MEA) licenses
commenced on September 6, 2000, and
closed on September 21, 2000. Of the
104 licenses auctioned, 96 licenses were
sold to nine bidders. Five of these
bidders were small businesses that won
a total of 26 licenses. A second auction
of 700 MHz Guard Band licenses
commenced on February 13, 2001 and
closed on February 21, 2001. All eight
of the licenses auctioned were sold to
three bidders. One of these bidders was
a small business that won a total of two
licenses.
148. Cellular Radiotelephone Service.
Auction 77 was held to resolve one
group of mutually exclusive
applications for Cellular Radiotelephone
Service licenses for unserved areas in
New Mexico. Bidding credits for
designated entities were not available in
Auction 77. In 2008, the Commission
completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular
Radiotelephone Service, designated as
Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with
one provisionally winning bid for the
unserved area totaling $25,002.
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
149. Private Land Mobile Radio
(‘‘PLMR’’). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial,
business, land transportation, and
public safety activities. These radios are
used by companies of all sizes operating
in all U.S. business categories, and are
often used in support of the licensee’s
primary (non-telecommunications)
business operations. For the purpose of
determining whether a licensee of a
PLMR system is a small business as
defined by the SBA, the Commission
uses the broad census category, Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that
a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
The Commission does not require PLMR
licensees to disclose information about
number of employees, so the
Commission does not have information
that could be used to determine how
many PLMR licensees constitute small
entities under this definition. The
Commission notes that PLMR licensees
generally use the licensed facilities in
support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to
assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular
industry subsector to which the licensee
belongs.
150. As of March 2010, there were
424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands
below 512 MHz. The Commission notes
that any entity engaged in a commercial
activity is eligible to hold a PLMR
license, and that any revised rules in
this context could therefore potentially
impact small entities covering a great
variety of industries.
151. Rural Radiotelephone Service.
The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for small businesses specific to
the Rural Radiotelephone Service. A
significant subset of the Rural
Radiotelephone Service is the Basic
Exchange Telephone Radio System
(BETRS). In the present context, the
Commission will use the SBA’s small
business size standard applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
There are approximately 1,000 licensees
in the Rural Radiotelephone Service,
and the Commission estimates that there
are 1,000 or fewer small entity licensees
in the Rural Radiotelephone Service that
may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed herein.
152. Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service. The Commission has not
adopted a small business size standard
specific to the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service. The
Commission will use SBA’s small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
business size standard applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
There are approximately 100 licensees
in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service, and the Commission estimates
that almost all of them qualify as small
under the SBA small business size
standard and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
153. Aviation and Marine Radio
Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use
a very high frequency (VHF) marine or
aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an
emergency position-indicating radio
beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency
locator transmitter. The Commission has
not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these
small businesses. For purposes of this
analysis, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. Census data
for 2007, which supersede data
contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that
year. Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer
than 100 employees, and 15 firms had
more than 100 employees. Most
applicants for recreational licenses are
individuals. Approximately 581,000
ship station licensees and 131,000
aircraft station licensees operate
domestically and are not subject to the
radio carriage requirements of any
statute or treaty. For purposes of our
evaluations in this analysis, the
Commission estimates that there are up
to approximately 712,000 licensees that
are small businesses (or individuals)
under the SBA standard. In addition,
between December 3, 1998 and
December 14, 1998, the Commission
held an auction of 42 VHF Public Coast
licenses in the 157.1875–157.4500 MHz
(ship transmit) and 161.775–162.0125
MHz (coast transmit) bands. For
purposes of the auction, the
Commission defined a ‘‘small’’ business
as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $15 million
dollars. In addition, a ‘‘very small’’
business is one that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $3 million
dollars. There are approximately 10,672
licensees in the Marine Coast Service,
and the Commission estimates that
almost all of them qualify as ‘‘small’’
businesses under the above special
small business size standards and may
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39183
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
154. Fixed Microwave Services. Fixed
microwave services include common
carrier, private operational-fixed, and
broadcast auxiliary radio services. At
present, there are approximately 22,015
common carrier fixed licensees and
61,670 private operational-fixed
licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio
licensees in the microwave services.
The Commission has not created a size
standard for a small business
specifically with respect to fixed
microwave services. For purposes of
this analysis, the Commission uses the
SBA small business size standard for
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or
fewer employees. The Commission does
not have data specifying the number of
these licensees that have more than
1,500 employees, and thus is unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of fixed
microwave service licensees that would
qualify as small business concerns
under the SBA’s small business size
standard. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that there are up
to 22,015 common carrier fixed
licensees and up to 61,670 private
operational-fixed licensees and
broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in
the microwave services that may be
small and may be affected by the rules
and policies adopted herein. The
Commission notes, however, that the
common carrier microwave fixed
licensee category includes some large
entities.
155. Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
This service operates on several UHF
television broadcast channels that are
not used for television broadcasting in
the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently
approximately 55 licensees in this
service. The Commission is unable to
estimate at this time the number of
licensees that would qualify as small
under the SBA’s small business size
standard for the category of Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under that SBA small
business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2007, which supersede
data contained in the 2002 Census,
show that there were 1,383 firms that
operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15
firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus, under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small.
156. 39 GHz Service. The Commission
created a special small business size
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39184
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
standard for 39 GHz licenses—an entity
that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous
calendar years. An additional size
standard for ‘‘very small business’’ is:
An entity that, together with affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. The
auction of the 2,173 39 GHz licenses
began on April 12, 2000 and closed on
May 8, 2000. The 18 bidders who
claimed small business status won 849
licenses. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
157. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service (LMDS) is a fixed broadband
point-to-multipoint microwave service
that provides for two-way video
telecommunications. The auction of the
986 LMDS licenses began and closed in
1998. The Commission established a
small business size standard for LMDS
licenses as an entity that has average
gross revenues of less than $40 million
in the three previous calendar years. An
additional small business size standard
for ‘‘very small business’’ was added as
an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards in
the context of LMDS auctions. There
were 93 winning bidders that qualified
as small entities in the LMDS auctions.
A total of 93 small and very small
business bidders won approximately
277 A Block licenses and 387 B Block
licenses. In 1999, the Commission reauctioned 161 licenses; there were 32
small and very small businesses
winning that won 119 licenses.
158. 218–219 MHz Service. The first
auction of 218–219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses
for 594 Metropolitan Statistical Area
(MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557
were won by entities qualifying as a
small business. For that auction, the
small business size standard was an
entity that, together with its affiliates,
has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes
(excluding any carry over losses), has no
more than $2 million in annual profits
each year for the previous two years. In
the 218–219 MHz Report and Order and
Memorandum Opinion and Order, 64
FR 59656, November 3, 1999, the
Commission established a small
business size standard for a ‘‘small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and persons or entities
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
that hold interests in such an entity and
their affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not to exceed $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and persons
or entities that hold interests in such an
entity and its affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $3
million for the preceding three years.
These size standards will be used in
future auctions of 218–219 MHz
spectrum.
159. 2.3 GHz Wireless
Communications Services. This service
can be used for fixed, mobile,
radiolocation, and digital audio
broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (‘‘WCS’’) auction as an entity
with average gross revenues of $40
million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an
entity with average gross revenues of
$15 million for each of the three
preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions. The Commission
auctioned geographic area licenses in
the WCS service. In the auction, which
was conducted in 1997, there were
seven bidders that won 31 licenses that
qualified as very small business entities,
and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
160. 1670–1675 MHz Band. An
auction for one license in the 1670–1675
MHz band was conducted in 2003. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity with attributable average
annual gross revenues of not more than
$40 million for the preceding three
years and thus would be eligible for a
15 percent discount on its winning bid
for the 1670–1675 MHz band license.
Further, the Commission defined a
‘‘very small business’’ as an entity with
attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years and thus
would be eligible to receive a 25 percent
discount on its winning bid for the
1670–1675 MHz band license. One
license was awarded. The winning
bidder was not a small entity.
161. 3650–3700 MHz band. In March
2005, the Commission released a Report
and Order and Memorandum Opinion
and Order that provides for nationwide,
non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial
operations, utilizing contention-based
technologies, in the 3650 MHz band
(i.e., 3650–3700 MHz). As of April 2010,
more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7,433 sites have
been registered. The Commission has
not developed a definition of small
entities applicable to 3650–3700 MHz
band nationwide, non-exclusive
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
licensees. However, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these
licensees are Internet Access Service
Providers (ISPs) and that most of those
licensees are small businesses.
162. 24 GHz—Incumbent Licensees.
This analysis may affect incumbent
licensees who were relocated to the 24
GHz band from the 18 GHz band, and
applicants who wish to provide services
in the 24 GHz band. For this service, the
Commission uses the SBA small
business size standard for the category
‘‘Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),’’ which is 1,500 or
fewer employees. To gauge small
business prevalence for these cable
services we must, however, use the most
current census data. Census data for
2007, which supersede data contained
in the 2002 Census, show that there
were 1,383 firms that operated that year.
Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than
100 employees, and 15 firms had more
than 100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small. The
Commission notes that the Census’ use
of the classifications ‘‘firms’’ does not
track the number of ‘‘licenses’’. The
Commission believes that there are only
two licensees in the 24 GHz band that
were relocated from the 18 GHz band,
Teligent and TRW, Inc. It is our
understanding that Teligent and its
related companies have less than 1,500
employees, though this may change in
the future. TRW is not a small entity.
Thus, only one incumbent licensee in
the 24 GHz band is a small business
entity.
163. 24 GHz—Future Licensees. With
respect to new applicants in the 24 GHz
band, the size standard for ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average annual gross revenues for the
three preceding years not in excess of
$15 million. ‘‘Very small business’’ in
the 24 GHz band is an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average gross revenues not
exceeding $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
These size standards will apply to a
future 24 GHz license auction, if held.
164. Satellite Telecommunications.
Since 2007, the SBA has recognized
satellite firms within this revised
category, with a small business size
standard of $15 million. The most
current Census Bureau data are from the
economic census of 2007, and the
Commission will use those figures to
gauge the prevalence of small
businesses in this category. Those size
standards are for the two census
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
categories of ‘‘Satellite
Telecommunications’’ and ‘‘Other
Telecommunications.’’ Under the
‘‘Satellite Telecommunications’’
category, a business is considered small
if it had $15 million or less in average
annual receipts. Under the ‘‘Other
Telecommunications’’ category, a
business is considered small if it had
$25 million or less in average annual
receipts.
165. The first category of Satellite
Telecommunications ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
providing point-to-point
telecommunications services to other
establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.’’ For this category,
Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were a total of 512 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 464 firms had annual receipts of
under $10 million, and 18 firms had
receipts of $10 million to $24,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
166. The second category of Other
Telecommunications ‘‘primarily
engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems. Establishments
providing Internet services or voice over
Internet protocol (VoIP) services via
client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this
industry.’’ For this category, Census
Bureau data for 2007 show that there
were a total of 2,383 firms that operated
for the entire year. Of this total, 2,346
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Other
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our
action.
167. Cable and Other Program
Distribution. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: All such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 955 firms in
this previous category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 939 firms
had employment of 999 or fewer
employees, and 16 firms had
employment of 1000 employees or
more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered
small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
168. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has developed its own
small business size standards, for the
purpose of cable rate regulation. Under
the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small cable
company’’ is one serving 400,000 or
fewer subscribers, nationwide. Industry
data indicate that, of 1,076 cable
operators nationwide, all but eleven are
small under this size standard. In
addition, under the Commission’s rules,
a ‘‘small system’’ is a cable system
serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.
Industry data indicate that, of 7,208
systems nationwide, 6,139 systems have
under 10,000 subscribers, and an
additional 379 systems have 10,000–
19,999 subscribers. Thus, under this
second size standard, most cable
systems are small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
169. Cable System Operators. The Act
also contains a size standard for small
cable system operators, which is ‘‘a
cable operator that, directly or through
an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer
than 1 percent of all subscribers in the
United States and is not affiliated with
any entity or entities whose gross
annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.’’ The Commission has
determined that an operator serving
fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be
deemed a small operator, if its annual
revenues, when combined with the total
annual revenues of all its affiliates, do
not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Industry data indicate that, of
1,076 cable operators nationwide, all
but ten are small under this size
standard. The Commission notes that it
neither requests nor collects information
on whether cable system operators are
affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million,
and therefore it is unable to estimate
more accurately the number of cable
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39185
system operators that would qualify as
small under this size standard.
170. Open Video Services. The open
video system (‘‘OVS’’) framework was
established in 1996, and is one of four
statutorily recognized options for the
provision of video programming
services by local exchange carriers. The
OVS framework provides opportunities
for the distribution of video
programming other than through cable
systems. Because OVS operators provide
subscription services, OVS falls within
the SBA small business size standard
covering cable services, which is
‘‘Wired Telecommunications Carriers.’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: All such firms having 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 939 firms had employment of 999
or fewer employees, and 16 firms had
employment of 1000 employees or
more. Thus, under this second size
standard, most cable systems are small
and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order. In addition, the
Commission notes that it has certified
some OVS operators, with some now
providing service. Broadband service
providers (‘‘BSPs’’) are currently the
only significant holders of OVS
certifications or local OVS franchises.
The Commission does not have
financial or employment information
regarding the entities authorized to
provide OVS, some of which may not
yet be operational. Thus, again, at least
some of the OVS operators may qualify
as small entities.
171. Internet Service Providers. Since
2007, these services have been defined
within the broad economic census
category of Wired Telecommunications
Carriers; that category is defined as
follows: ‘‘This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: All such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were 3,188 firms in this
category, total, that operated for the
entire year. Of this total, 3,144 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
and 44 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39186
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small. In addition,
according to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 396 firms in
the category Internet Service Providers
(broadband) that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 394 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
and two firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of these firms are small entities that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
172. Internet Publishing and
Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
Our action may pertain to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
Commission has not adopted a size
standard for entities that create or
provide these types of services or
applications. However, the Census
Bureau has identified firms that
‘‘primarily engaged in (1) publishing
and/or broadcasting content on the
Internet exclusively or (2) operating
Web sites that use a search engine to
generate and maintain extensive
databases of Internet addresses and
content in an easily searchable format
(and known as Web search portals).’’
The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: All such firms having 500 or
fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, there were 2,705
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 2,682 firms
had employment of 499 or fewer
employees, and 23 firms had
employment of 500 employees or more.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
173. Data Processing, Hosting, and
Related Services. Entities in this
category ‘‘primarily . . . provid[e]
infrastructure for hosting or data
processing services.’’ The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category; that size
standard is $25 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
8,060 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of these,
7,744 had annual receipts of under
$24,999,999. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of these firms are small entities that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
174. All Other Information Services.
The Census Bureau defines this industry
as including ‘‘establishments primarily
engaged in providing other information
services (except news syndicates,
libraries, archives, Internet publishing
and broadcasting, and Web search
portals).’’ Our action pertains to
interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that
provide other services such as email,
online gaming, web browsing, video
conferencing, instant messaging, and
other, similar IP-enabled services. The
SBA has developed a small business
size standard for this category; that size
standard is $7.0 million or less in
average annual receipts. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
367 firms in this category that operated
for the entire year. Of these, 334 had
annual receipts of under $5.0 million,
and an additional 11 firms had receipts
of between $5 million and $9,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected
by our action.
4. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements
175. In the Report and Order, the
Commission requires that entities
participating in the Phase II competitive
bidding process and the Remote Areas
Fund certify as to their financial and
technical capabilities to provide the
required services within the specified
timeframe in the geographic area for
which they seek support.
176. The Commission also makes a
procedural rule amendment to require
all ETCs to file their section 54.313 and
54.314 reports and certifications in WC
Docket No. 14–58.
5. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant
Economic Impact on Small Entities, and
Significant Alternatives Considered
177. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant alternatives that
it has considered in reaching its
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives, among
others: (1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3) the
use of performance, rather than design,
standards; and (4) an exemption from
coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,
for small entities.
178. The rules that the Commission
adopts in the Report and Order,
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Declaratory Ruling, Order,
Memorandum Opinion and Order, and
Seventh Order on Reconsideration
provide flexibility by streamlining
certain processes for all carriers,
including small entities. For example,
the Commission permits entities that
wish to participate in the Phase II
competitive bidding process to seek ETC
designation for the Phase II competitive
bidding process and Remote Areas Fund
after being notified they are winning
bidders for the offer of the award of
Phase II Connect America funding. The
Commission recognized that some
qualified bidders, including small
entities, may be hesitant to invest
resources to apply for an ETC
designation prior to the competitive
bidding process without any sense of
whether they are likely to be awarded
Phase II support.
179. In the Order, the Commission
also removes a deterrent for all carriers,
including small carriers, that wish to
transfer or acquire parts of exchanges.
The Commission waives on our own
motion the $7,990 application fee for
carriers filing petitions for waiver of the
study area boundary freeze for transfers
at the sub-exchange level. This change
could be especially beneficial to small
entities that may have found the
application fee prohibitive. The Order
also delays any support reductions
associated with the rate floor rule over
a multi-year period, giving carriers,
including small carriers, more time to
adjust to the requirement.
180. The rules that the Commission
adopts for the Phase II competitive
bidding process also provide flexibility
for all participants, including small
entities, to determine the most costeffective way to serve areas where they
are awarded support through the
competitive bidding process. By
permitting participants to select to bid
on extremely high-cost areas, the
Commission permits participants to
build integrated networks that span both
types of areas in adjacent census blocks
as appropriate. And by providing a
funding term of 10 years (subject to
existing requirements and the
availability of funds), the Commission
seeks to stimulate greater interest in the
competitive bidding process.
181. The Commission declines to
adopt a transition period for competitive
ETCs that receive support through the
Phase II competitive bidding process
because competitive ETCs, including
small entities, have the ability to
determine the level of support necessary
to support an area through their bid, and
thus a transition period is unnecessary.
182. The Commission also takes steps
to provide greater certainty to rate-of-
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
return carriers, many of which are small
entities. For example, in the Declaratory
Ruling, the Commission clarifies its
requirements for rate-of-return carriers
relating to the extension of broadband
services upon reasonable request. And
in the Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, the Commission
eliminates the HCLS benchmarking rule
after finding that the rule
unintentionally has encouraged carriers
that were not subject to the benchmarks
to believe that they too needed to limit
their investment in broadband-capable
networks. In the Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, the Commission also
adopts a more measured transition for
carriers that qualified for SNA based on
investment. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission
made the decision to eliminate and
phase out SNA effective December 29,
2011. Because there is a two year lag
between when carriers qualify for SNA
support and receive support, this
decision precluded carriers that would
have qualified for SNA support in 2010
and 2011, before the Commission’s
decision to eliminate SNA, from
receiving SNA. The Commission
reconsiders this decision and permit
carriers that that would have qualified
for SNA in 2010 or 2011 based on an
increase in their investment (not due to
line loss) to receive SNA.
6. Report to Congress
183. The Commission will send a
copy of the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Memorandum
Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, including this FRFA, in a
report to be sent to Congress and the
Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
1996. In addition, the Commission will
send a copy of the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Order,
Memorandum Opinion and Order,
Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and
concurrently adopted Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, including this
FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration. A copy of the Report
and Order, Declaratory Ruling,
Memorandum Opinion and Order,
Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and
concurrently adopted Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (or summaries
thereof) will also be published in the
Federal Register
VIII. Ordering Clauses
184. Accordingly, it is ordered,
pursuant to the authority contained in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
sections 1, 2, 4(i), 5, 201–206, 214, 218–
220, 251, 252, 254, 256, 303(r), 332, 403,
and 405 of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, and section 706 of
the Telecommunications Act of 1996, 47
U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 155, 201–206,
214, 218–220, 251, 252, 254, 256, 303(r),
332, 403, 405, 1302, and sections 1.1,
1.2, 1.3, 1.115, 1.421, 1.427, and 1.429
of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.1,
1.2, 1.3, 1.115, 1.421, 1.427, and 1.429,
that this Report and Order, Declaratory
Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion
and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and the concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking IS ADOPTED, effective
thirty (30) days after publication of the
text or summary thereof in the Federal
Register, except for (1) those rules and
requirements involving Paperwork
Reduction Act burdens, which shall
become effective immediately upon
announcement in the Federal Register
of OMB approval, (2) the waiver of
sections 1.1105, 54.318(b), and 54.318(i)
of the Commission’s rules to the extent
described herein which shall become
effective upon release pursuant to
sections 1.4(b)(2) and 1.103 of the
Commission’s rules (47 CFR 1.4(b)(2),
1.103), and (3) the elimination of the
benchmarking rule, which shall become
effective as of the first month following
publication of a summary of this order
in the Federal Register. It is our
intention in adopting these rules that if
any of the rules that the Commission
retain, modify, or adopt herein, or the
application thereof to any person or
circumstance, are held to be unlawful,
the remaining portions of the rules not
deemed unlawful, and the application
of such rules to other persons or
circumstances, shall remain in effect to
the fullest extent permitted by law.
185. It is further ordered that Parts 36,
54, and 69 of the Commission’s rules, 47
CFR Parts 36, 54, and 69, are amended
as set forth in Appendix A, and such
rule amendments shall be effective
thirty (30) days after publication of the
rules amendments in the Federal
Register, except to the extent they
contain information collections subject
to PRA review. The rules that contain
information collections subject to PRA
review shall become effective
immediately upon announcement in the
Federal Register of OMB approval.
186. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i),
and section 1.3 of the Commission’s
rules, 47 CFR 1.3, the Petition for
Extension of Time filed by the Eastern
Rural Telecom Association, the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39187
Independent Telephone &
Telecommunications Alliance, the
National Exchange Carrier Association,
NTCA—The Rural Broadband
Association, the United States Telecom
Association, and WTA—Advocates for
Rural Broadband on March 11, 2014, is
granted in part and is denied in part to
the extent described herein.
187. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
section 5(c)(5) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C.
155(c)(5), and section 1.115(g) of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.115(g),
the Application for Review filed by
Alaska Communication Systems on
November 26, 2013, is denied.
188. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to section 5(c)(5) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 155(c)(5), and
section 1.115(g) of the Commission’s
rules, 47 CFR 1.115(g), the Application
for Review filed by the National Cable
and Telecommunications Association
on December 23, 2013, is dismissed.
189. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
section 405 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 405, and
section 1.429 of the Commission’s rules,
47 CFR 1.429, the Petition for
Reconsideration and Clarification filed
by the National Exchange Carrier
Association, Inc., the Organization for
the Promotion and Advancement of
Small Telecommunications Companies,
and the Western Telecommunications
Alliance on December 29, 2011, is
granted in part and denied in part to the
extent described herein.
190. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
section 405 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 405, and
section 1.429 of the Commission’s rules,
47 CFR 1.429, the Petition for
Reconsideration filed by the United
States Telecom Association on
December 29, 2011, is denied in part to
the extent described herein.
191. It is further ordered that the
petition for waiver of section 36.605 of
the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 36.605,
eliminating eligibility of local exchange
carriers to receive Safety Net Additive
support with respect to qualifying
investments made during the year 2010,
filed by North Central Telephone
Cooperative, Inc. on December 20, 2012,
is dismissed as described herein.
192. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
section 405 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 405, and
section 1.429 of the Commission’s rules,
47 CFR 1.429, the Petition for
Reconsideration filed by the Western
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39188
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
Telecommunications Alliance, The
Eastern Rural Telecom Association, and
the National Exchange Carrier
Association on April 18, 2013, is
granted to the extent described herein.
193. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 5 and 405 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 155(c), 405, and
sections 1.115 and 1.429 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.115,
1.429, the Application for Review filed
by Arctic Slope Telephone Association
Cooperative, Inc. and Copper Valley
Telephone Cooperative on May 20, 2013
and dated May 18, 2013, is dismissed as
described herein.
194. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 1, 2, and 4(i), and 405 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i),
405, and sections 1.3 and 1.429 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.3, 1.429,
the petition filed by the National
Association of Regulatory Utility
Commissioners on April 15, 2014 is
granted in part and denied in part to the
extent described herein.
195. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i),
and sections 1.3,1.4(b)(2), and 1.103 of
the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.3,
1.4(b)(2), 1.103 on our own motion,
section 1.1105 of the Commission’s
rules, 47 CFR 1.1105 is waived to the
extent described herein effective upon
release.
196. It is further ordered that,
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i),
and sections 1.3, 1.4(b)(2), and 1.103 of
the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.3,
1.4(b)(2), 1.103, sections 54.318(b) and
54.318(i) of the Commission’s rules, 47
CFR 54.318(b), (i) are waived to the
extent described herein effective upon
release.
197. It is further ordered that the
Commission shall send a copy of this
Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling,
Order, Memorandum Opinion and
Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking to Congress and the
Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
198. It is further ordered, that the
Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
this Report and Order, Declaratory
Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion
and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, including the Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and the
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 36
Communications common carriers,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telephone, Uniform
System of Accounts.
47 CFR Part 54
Communications common carriers,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications,
Telephone.
47 CFR Part 69
Communications common carriers,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rule
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission amends 47 CFR parts 36,
54, and 69 as follows:
PART 36—JURISDICTIONAL
SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES;
STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR
SEPARATING
TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY
COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES,
TAXES AND RESERVES FOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES
1. The authority citation for part 36
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i) and (j),
205, 221(c), 254, 303(r), 403, 410, and 1302
unless otherwise noted.
Subpart F—[Removed and Reserved]
2. Remove and reserve subpart F,
consisting of §§ 36.601, 36.603 through
36.605, 36.611 through 36.613, 36.621,
36.622 and 36.631.
■
PART 54—UNIVERSAL SERVICE
3. The authority citation for part 54
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 201, 205,
214, 219, 220, 254, 303(r), 403, and 1302
unless otherwise noted.
4. Amend § 54.302 by revising
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 54.302 Monthly per-line limit on universal
service support.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) For purposes of this section,
universal service support is defined as
the sum of the amounts calculated
pursuant to §§ 54.1304 and 54.1310, and
§§ 54.305, and 54.901 through 54.904.
Line counts for purposes of this section
shall be as of the most recent line counts
reported pursuant to § 54.1306(i).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 5. Amend § 54.305 by revising
paragraphs (d) and (e) to read as follows:
§ 54.305
Sale or transfer of exchanges.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Transferred exchanges in study
areas operated by rural telephone
companies that are subject to the
limitations on loop-related universal
service support in paragraph (b) of this
section may be eligible for a safety valve
loop cost expense adjustment based on
the difference between the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier’s
index year expense adjustment and
subsequent year loop cost expense
adjustments for the acquired exchanges.
Safety valve loop cost expense
adjustments shall only be available to
rural incumbent local exchange carriers
that, in the absence of restrictions on
high-cost loop support in paragraph (b)
of this section, would qualify for highcost loop support for the acquired
exchanges under § 54.1310.
(1) For carriers that buy or acquire
telephone exchanges on or after January
10, 2005, from an unaffiliated carrier,
the index year expense adjustment for
the acquiring carrier’s first year of
operation shall equal the selling
carrier’s loop-related expense
adjustment for the transferred exchanges
for the 12-month period prior to the
transfer of the exchanges. At the
acquiring carrier’s option, the first year
of operation for the transferred
exchanges, for purposes of calculating
safety valve support, shall commence at
the beginning of either the first calendar
year or the next calendar quarter
following the transfer of exchanges. For
the first year of operation, a loop cost
expense adjustment, using the costs of
the acquired exchanges submitted in
accordance with §§ 54.1305 and
54.1306, shall be calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1310 and then compared to the
index year expense adjustment. Safety
valve support for the first period of
operation will then be calculated
pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this
section. The index year expense
adjustment for years after the first year
of operation shall be determined using
cost data for the first year of operation
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
of the transferred exchanges. Such cost
data for the first year of operation shall
be calculated in accordance with
§§ 54.1305, 54.1306, and 54.1310. For
each year, ending on the same calendar
quarter as the first year of operation, a
loop cost expense adjustment, using the
loop costs of the acquired exchanges,
shall be submitted and calculated
pursuant to §§ 54.1305, 54.1306, and
54.1310 and will be compared to the
index year expense adjustment. Safety
valve support for the second year of
operation and thereafter will then be
calculated pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)
of this section.
(2) For carriers that bought or
acquired exchanges from an unaffiliated
carrier before January 10, 2005, and are
not subject to the exception in
paragraph (c) of this section, the index
year expense adjustment for acquired
exchange(s) shall be equal to the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier’s highcost loop expense adjustment for the
acquired exchanges calculated for the
carrier’s first year of operation of the
acquired exchange(s). At the carrier’s
option, the first year of operation of the
transferred exchanges shall commence
at the beginning of either the first
calendar year or the next calendar
quarter following the transfer of
exchanges. The index year expense
adjustment shall be determined using
cost data for the acquired exchange(s)
submitted in accordance with
§§ 54.1305 and 54.1306 and shall be
calculated in accordance with § 54.1310.
The index year expense adjustment for
rural telephone companies that have
operated exchanges subject to this
section for more than a full year on
August 8, 2014 shall be based on loop
cost data submitted in accordance with
§ 54.1306 for the year ending on the
nearest calendar quarter following
August 8, 2014. For each subsequent
year, ending on the same calendar
quarter as the index year, a loop cost
expense adjustment, using the costs of
the acquired exchanges, will be
calculated pursuant to § 54.1310 and
will be compared to the index year
expense adjustment. Safety valve
support is calculated pursuant to
paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(3) Up to fifty (50) percent of any
positive difference between the
transferred exchanges loop cost expense
adjustment and the index year expense
adjustment will be designated as the
transferred exchange’s safety valve loop
cost expense adjustment and will be
available in addition to the per-line
loop-related support transferred from
the selling carrier to the acquiring
carrier pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
section. In no event shall a study area’s
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
safety valve loop cost expense
adjustment exceed the difference
between the carrier’s study area loop
cost expense adjustment calculated
pursuant to § 54.1310 and transferred
support amounts available to the
acquired exchange(s) under paragraph
(b) of this section. Safety valve support
shall not transfer with acquired
exchanges.
(e) The sum of the safety valve loop
cost expense adjustment for all eligible
study areas operated by rural telephone
companies shall not exceed five (5)
percent of the total rural incumbent
local exchange carrier portion of the
annual nationwide loop cost expense
adjustment calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1302. The five (5) percent cap on
the safety valve mechanism shall be
based on the lesser of the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier
portion of the annual nationwide loop
cost expense adjustment calculated
pursuant to § 54.1302 or the sum of
rural incumbent local exchange carrier
expense adjustments calculated
pursuant to § 54.1310. The percentage
multiplier used to derive study area
safety valve loop cost expense
adjustments for rural telephone
companies shall be the lesser of fifty
(50) percent or a percentage calculated
to produce the maximum total safety
valve loop cost expense adjustment for
all eligible study areas pursuant to this
paragraph. The safety valve loop cost
expense adjustment of an individual
rural incumbent local exchange carrier
also may be further reduced as
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 6. Amend § 54.310 by revising
paragraphs (a) and (b) and adding
paragraphs (e) and (f) to read as follows:
§ 54.310 Connect America Fund for Price
Cap Territories—Phase II.
(a) Geographic areas eligible for
support. Connect America Phase II
support may be made available for
census blocks or other areas identified
as eligible by public notice, including
locations identified by the forwardlooking cost model as extremely highcost. The number of supported locations
will be identified for each area eligible
for support will be identified by public
notice.
(b) Term of support. Connect America
Phase II model-based support shall be
provided to price cap carriers that elect
to make a state-wide commitment for
five years. Connect America Phase II
support awarded through a competitive
bidding process shall be provided for
ten years.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39189
(e) Provider eligibility. Any eligible
telecommunications carrier is eligible to
receive Connect America Phase II
support in eligible areas.
(1) An entity may obtain eligible
telecommunications carrier designation
after public notice of winning bidders in
a competitive bidding process for the
offer of Phase II Connect America
support. An applicant in the
competitive bidding process shall
certify that it is financially and
technically qualified to provide the
services supported by Connect America
Phase II in order to receive such
support.
(2) To the extent an applicant in the
competitive bidding process seeks
eligible telecommunications carrier
designation prior to public notice of
winning bidders for Phase II Connect
America support, its designation as an
eligible telecommunications carrier may
be conditional subject to the receipt of
Phase II Connect America support.
(f) Transition to model-based support.
Eligible telecommunications carriers
electing model-based support in states
where that support is less than their
Phase I frozen support will transition to
model-based support as follows: In
addition to model-based support, in the
first year of Phase II, they will receive
75% of the difference between Phase I
frozen support and model-based
support; in the second year of Phase II,
they will receive 50% of the difference
between Phase I frozen support and
model-based support; and in the third
year of Phase II, they will receive 25%
of the difference between Phase I frozen
support and model-based support.
7. Amend § 54.313 by revising
paragraphs (f)(1) introductory text and
(i) to read as follows:
■
§ 54.313 Annual reporting requirements
for high-cost recipients.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) Beginning July 1, 2015. A progress
report on its five-year service quality
plan pursuant to § 54.202(a) that
includes the following information:
*
*
*
*
*
(i) All reports pursuant to this section
shall be filed with the Office of the
Secretary of the Commission clearly
referencing WC Docket No. 14–58, with
the Administrator, and with the relevant
state commissions or relevant authority
in a U.S. Territory, or Tribal
governments, as appropriate.
*
*
*
*
*
8. Amend § 54.314 by revising
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
■
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
39190
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
§ 54.314 Certification of support for
eligible telecommunications carriers.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Certification format. (1) A
certification pursuant to this section
may be filed in the form of a letter from
the appropriate regulatory authority for
the State, and must be filed with both
the Office of the Secretary of the
Commission clearly referencing WC
Docket No. 14–58, and with the
Administrator of the high-cost support
mechanism, on or before the deadlines
set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
If provided by the appropriate
regulatory authority for the State, the
annual certification must identify which
carriers in the State are eligible to
receive federal support during the
applicable 12-month period, and must
certify that those carriers only used
support during the preceding calendar
year and will only use support in the
coming calendar year for the provision,
maintenance, and upgrading of facilities
and services for which support is
intended. A State may file a
supplemental certification for carriers
not subject to the State’s annual
certification. All certificates filed by a
State pursuant to this section shall
become part of the public record
maintained by the Commission.
(2) An eligible telecommunications
carrier not subject to the jurisdiction of
a State shall file a sworn affidavit
executed by a corporate officer attesting
that the carrier only used support
during the preceding calendar year and
will only use support in the coming
calendar year for the provision,
maintenance, and upgrading of facilities
and services for which support is
intended. The affidavit must be filed
with both the Office of the Secretary of
the Commission clearly referencing WC
Docket No. 14–58, and with the
Administrator of the high-cost universal
service support mechanism, on or before
the deadlines set forth in paragraph (d)
of this section. All affidavits filed
pursuant to this section shall become
part of the public record maintained by
the Commission.
*
*
*
*
*
9. Amend § 54.318 by revising
paragraphs (d) and (g) to read as follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
■
§ 54.318 High-cost support; limitations on
high-cost support.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) For purposes of this section, highcost support is defined as the support
available pursuant to § 54.1310 and
frozen high-cost support provided to
price cap carriers to the extent it is
based on support previously provided
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
pursuant to § 54.1310 or former highcost proxy model support.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) Any reductions in high-cost
support under this section will not be
redistributed to other carriers that
receive support pursuant to § 54.1310.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 10. Add § 54.319 to subpart D to read
as follows:
§ 54.319 Elimination of high-cost support
in areas with 100 percent coverage by an
unsubsidized competitor.
(a) Universal service support shall be
eliminated in an incumbent local
exchange carrier study area where an
unsubsidized competitor, or
combination of unsubsidized
competitors, as defined in § 54.5, offers
to 100 percent of residential and
business locations in the study area
voice and broadband service at speeds
of at least 4 Mbps downstream/1 Mbps
upstream, with latency suitable for realtime applications, including Voice over
Internet Protocol, and usage capacity
that is reasonably comparable to
comparable offerings in urban areas, at
rates that are reasonably comparable to
rates for comparable offerings in urban
areas.
(b) After a determination there is a
100 percent overlap, the incumbent
local exchange carrier shall receive the
following amount of high-cost support:
(1) In the first year, two-thirds of the
lesser of the incumbent’s total 2010
high-cost support or $3000 times the
number of reported lines as of year-end
2010;
(2) In the second year, one-third of the
lesser of the incumbent’s total 2010
high-cost support or $3000 times the
number of reported lines as of year-end
2010;
(3) In the third year and thereafter, no
support shall be paid.
■ 11. Amend § 54.903 by revising
paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) to read as
follows:
§ 54.903 Obligations of rate-of-return
carriers and the Administrator.
(a) * * *
(1) Beginning July 31, 2002, each rateof-return carrier shall submit to the
Administrator in accordance with the
schedule in § 54.1306 the number of
lines it serves, within each rate-of-return
carrier study area showing residential
and single-line business line counts and
multi-line business line counts
separately. For purposes of this report,
and for purposes of computing support
under this subpart, the residential and
single-line business class lines reported
include lines assessed the residential
and single-line business End User
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Common Line charge pursuant to
§ 69.104 of this chapter, and the multiline business class lines reported
include lines assessed the multi-line
business End User Common Line charge
pursuant to § 69.104 of this chapter. For
purposes of this report, and for purposes
of computing support under this
subpart, lines served using resale of the
rate-of-return local exchange carrier’s
service pursuant to section 251(c)(4) of
the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, shall be considered lines
served by the rate-of-return carrier only
and must be reported accordingly.
(2) A rate-of-return carrier may submit
the information in paragraph (a) of this
section in accordance with the schedule
in § 54.1306, even if it is not required
to do so. If a rate-of-return carrier makes
a filing under this paragraph, it shall
separately indicate any lines that it has
acquired from another carrier that it has
not previously reported pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this section, identified
by customer class and the carrier from
which the lines were acquired.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 12. Add subpart M to part 54 to read
as follows
Subpart M—High Cost Loop Support for
Rate-of-Return Carriers
Sec.
54.1301 General.
54.1302 Calculation of incumbent local
exchange carrier portion of nationwide
loop cost expense adjustment for rate-ofreturn carriers.
54.1303 Calculation of the rural growth
factor.
54.1304 Calculation of safety net additive.
54.1305 Submission of information to the
National Exchange Carrier Association
(NECA).
54.1306 Updating information submitted to
the National Exchange Carrier
Association.
54.1307 Submission of information by the
National Exchange Carrier Association.
54.1308 Study area total unseparated loop
cost.
54.1309 National and study area average
unseparated loop costs.
54.1310 Expense adjustment.
Subpart M—High Cost Loop Support
for Rate-of-Return Carriers
§ 54.1301
General.
(a) This subpart addresses support for
loop-related costs included in § 54.1308.
The expense adjustment calculated
pursuant to this subpart M shall be
added to interstate expenses and
deducted from state expenses after
expenses and taxes have been
apportioned pursuant to subpart D of
part 36 of this chapter. Beginning
January 1, 2012, this subpart will only
apply to incumbent local exchange
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
carriers that are rate-of-return carriers
not affiliated, as ‘‘affiliated companies’’
are defined in § 32.9000 of this chapter,
with price cap local exchange carriers.
Rate-of-return carriers and price cap
local exchange carriers are defined
pursuant to § 54.5 and § 61.3(bb) of this
chapter, respectively.
(b) The expense adjustment will be
computed on the basis of data for a
preceding calendar year which may be
updated at the option of the carrier
pursuant to § 54.1306(a).
§ 54.1302 Calculation of incumbent local
exchange carrier portion of nationwide loop
cost expense adjustment for rate-of-return
carriers.
(a) Beginning January 1, 2013, and
each calendar year thereafter, the total
annual amount of the incumbent local
exchange carrier portion of the
nationwide loop cost expense
adjustment shall not exceed the amount
for the immediately preceding calendar
year, multiplied times one plus the
Rural Growth Factor calculated
pursuant to § 54.1303.
(b) The annual rural incumbent local
exchange carrier portion of the
nationwide loop cost expense
adjustment shall be reduced to reflect
the transfer of rural incumbent local
exchange carrier access lines that are
eligible for expense adjustments
pursuant to § 54.1310. The reduction
shall equal the amount of the § 54.1310
expense adjustment available to the
transferred access lines at the time of
the transfer and shall be effective in the
next calendar quarter after the access
lines are transferred.
(c) Safety net additive support
calculated pursuant to § 54.1304, and
transferred high-cost support and safety
valve support calculated pursuant to
§ 54.305 of this part shall not be
included in the rural incumbent local
exchange carrier portion of the annual
nationwide loop cost expense
adjustment.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
§ 54.1303
factor.
Calculation of the rural growth
(a) The Rural Growth Factor (RGF) is
equal to the sum of the annual
percentage change in the United States
Department of Commerce’s Gross
Domestic Product—Chained Price Index
(GPD–CPI) plus the percentage change
in the total number of rural incumbent
local exchange carrier working loops
during the calendar year preceding the
July 31st filing submitted pursuant to
§ 54.1305. The percentage change in
total rural incumbent local exchange
carrier working loops shall be based
upon the difference between the total
number of rural incumbent local
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
exchange carrier working loops on
December 31 of the calendar year
preceding the July 31st filing and the
total number of rural incumbent local
exchange carrier working loops on
December 31 of the second calendar
year preceding that filing, both
determined by the company’s
submissions pursuant to § 54.1305.
Loops acquired by rural incumbent local
exchange carriers shall not be included
in the RGF calculation.
(b) Beginning July 31, 2012, pursuant
to § 54.1301(a), the calculation of the
Rural Growth Factor shall not include
price cap carrier working loops and rateof-return local exchange carrier working
loops of companies that were affiliated
with price cap carriers during the
calendar year preceding the July 31st
filing submitted pursuant to § 54.1305.
§ 54.1304
additive.
Calculation of safety net
(a) Safety net additive support. Only
those local exchange carriers that
qualified for safety net additive based
on 2011 or prior year costs shall be
eligible to receive safety net additive
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
A local exchange carrier shall not
receive safety net additive unless the
carrier’s realized total growth in
Telecommunications Plant in Service
(TPIS) was more than 14 percent in
2011 or earlier, pursuant to paragraph
(c) of this section.
(b) Calculation of safety net additive
support for companies that qualified
based on 2011 or prior year costs. Safety
net additive support is equal to the
amount of capped support calculated
pursuant to this subpart M in the
qualifying year minus the amount of
support in the year prior to qualifying
for support subtracted from the
difference between the uncapped
expense adjustment for the study area in
the qualifying year minus the uncapped
expense adjustment in the year prior to
qualifying for support as shown in the
following equation: Safety net additive
support = (Uncapped support in the
qualifying year¥Uncapped support in
the base year)¥(Capped support in the
qualifying year¥Amount of support
received in the base year).
(c) Operation of safety net additive
support for companies that qualified
based on 2011 or prior year costs. (1) In
any year in which the total carrier loop
cost expense adjustment is limited by
the provisions of § 54.1302, a rate-ofreturn incumbent local exchange carrier
shall receive safety net additive support
as calculated in paragraph (b) of this
section, if in any study area, the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier
realizes growth in end of period TPIS,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
39191
as prescribed in § 32.2001, on a per loop
basis, of at least 14 percent more than
the study area’s TPIS per loop
investment at the end of the prior
period.
(2) If paragraph (c)(1) of this section
is met, the rural incumbent local
exchange carrier must notify the
Administrator; failure to properly notify
the Administrator of eligibility shall
result in disqualification of that study
area for safety net additive, requiring the
rural incumbent local exchange carrier
to again meet the eligibility
requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section for that study area in a
subsequent period.
(3) Upon completion of verification by
the Administrator that the study area
meets the stated criterion in paragraphs
(a), (b), or (c) of this section, the
Administrator shall:
(i) Pay to any qualifying rural
telephone company safety net additive
support for the qualifying study area in
accordance with the calculation set
forth in paragraph (b) of this section;
and
(ii) Continue to pay safety net additive
support in any of the four succeeding
years in which the total carrier loop
expense adjustment is limited by the
provisions of § 54.1302. Safety net
additive support in the succeeding four
years shall be the lesser of:
(A) The sum of capped support and
the safety net additive support received
in the qualifying year; or
(B) The rural telephone company’s
uncapped support.
§ 54.1305 Submission of information to the
National Exchange Carrier Association
(NECA)
(a) In order to allow determination of
the study areas and wire centers that are
entitled to an expense adjustment
pursuant to § 54.1310, each incumbent
local exchange carrier (LEC) must
provide the National Exchange Carrier
Association (NECA) (established
pursuant to part 69 of this chapter) with
the information listed for each study
area in which such incumbent LEC
operates, with the exception of the
information listed in paragraph (h) of
this section, which must be provided for
each study area. This information is to
be filed with NECA by July 31st of each
year. The information provided
pursuant to paragraph (i) of this section
must be updated pursuant to § 54.1306.
Rural telephone companies that
acquired exchanges subsequent to May
7, 1997, and incorporated those
acquired exchanges into existing study
areas shall separately provide the
information required by paragraphs (b)
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
39192
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
through (i) of this section for both the
acquired and existing exchanges.
(b) Unseparated, i.e., state and
interstate, gross plant investment in
Exchange Line Cable and Wire Facilities
(C&WF) Subcategory 1.3 and Exchange
Line Central Office (CO) Circuit
Equipment Category 4.13. This amount
shall be calculated as of December 31st
of the calendar year preceding each July
31st filing.
(c) Unseparated accumulated
depreciation and noncurrent deferred
federal income taxes, attributable to
Exchange Line C&WF Subcategory 1.3
investment, and Exchange Line CO
Circuit Equipment Category 4.13
investment. These amounts shall be
calculated as of December 31st of the
calendar year preceding each July 31st
filing, and shall be stated separately.
(d) Unseparated depreciation expense
attributable to Exchange Line C&WF
Subcategory 1.3 investment, and
Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.13 investment. This amount
shall be the actual depreciation expense
for the calendar year preceding each
July 31st filing.
(e) Unseparated maintenance expense
attributable to Exchange Line C&WF
Subcategory 1.3 investment and
Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.113 investment. This amount
shall be the actual repair expense for the
calendar year preceding each July 31st
filing.
(f) Unseparated corporate operations
expenses, operating taxes, and the
benefits and rent proportions of
operating expenses. The amount for
each of these categories of expense shall
be the actual amount for that expense
for the calendar year preceding each
July 31st filing. The amount for each
category of expense listed shall be stated
separately.
(g) Unseparated gross
telecommunications plant investment.
This amount shall be calculated as of
December 31st of the calendar year
preceding each July 31st filing.
(h) Unseparated accumulated
depreciation and noncurrent deferred
federal income taxes attributable to local
unseparated telecommunications plant
investment. This amount shall be
calculated as of December 31st of the
calendar year preceding each July 31st
filing.
(i) The number of working loops for
each study area. For universal service
support purposes, working loops are
defined as the number of working
Exchange Line C&WF loops used jointly
for exchange and message
telecommunications service, including
C&WF subscriber lines associated with
pay telephones in C&WF Category 1, but
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
excluding WATS closed end access and
TWX service. These figures shall be
calculated as of December 31st of the
calendar year preceding each July 31st
filing.
§ 54.1306 Updating Information Submitted
to the National Exchange Carrier
Association.
(a) Any incumbent local exchange
carrier subject to § 54.1301(a) may
update the information submitted to the
National Exchange Carrier Association
(NECA) on July 31st pursuant to
§ 54.1305 one or more times annually on
a rolling year basis according to the
schedule.
(1) Submit data covering the last nine
months of the previous calendar year
and the first three months of the existing
calendar year no later than September
30th of the existing year;
(2) Submit data covering the last six
months of the previous calendar year
and the first six months of the existing
calendar year no later than December
30th of the existing year;
(3) Submit data covering the last three
months of the second previous calendar
year and the first nine months of the
previous calendar year no later than
March 30th of the existing year.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 54.1307 Submission of Information by
the National Exchange Carrier Association.
(a) On October 1 of each year, the
National Exchange Carrier Association
(NECA) shall file with the Commission
and Administrator the information
listed below. Information filed with the
Commission shall be compiled from
information provided to NECA by
telephone companies pursuant to
§ 54.1305.
(1) The unseparated loop cost for each
study area and a nationwide-average
unseparated loop cost.
(2) The annual amount of the high
cost expense adjustment for each study
area, and the total nationwide amount of
the expense adjustment.
(3) The dollar amount and percentage
of the increase in the nationwide
average unseparated loop cost, as well
as the dollar amount and percentage
increase for each study area, for the
previous 5 years, or the number of years
NECA has been receiving this
information, whichever is the shorter
time period.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 54.1308 Study Area Total Unseparated
Loop Cost.
(a) For the purpose of calculating the
expense adjustment, the study area total
unseparated loop cost equals the sum of
the following:
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Return component for net
unseparated Exchange Line C&WF
subcategory 1.3 investment and
Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.13 investment. This amount
is calculated by deducting the
accumulated depreciation and
noncurrent deferred Federal income
taxes attributable to C&WF Subcategory
1.3 investment and Exchange Line
Category 4.13 circuit investment
reported pursuant to § 54.1305(b) from
the gross investment in Exchange Line
C&WF Subcategory 1.3 and CO Category
4.13 reported pursuant to § 54.1305(a) to
obtain the net unseparated C&WF
Subcategory 1.3 investment, and CO
Category 4.13 investment. The net
unseparated C&WF Subcategory 1.3
investment and CO Category 4.13
investment is multiplied by the study
area’s authorized interstate rate of
return.
(2) Depreciation expense attributable
to C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment,
and CO Category 4.13 investment as
reported in § 54.1305(c).
(3) Maintenance expense attributable
to C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment,
and CO Category 4.13 investment as
reported in § 54.1305(d).
(4) Corporate Operations Expenses,
Operating Taxes and the benefits and
rent portions of operating expenses, as
reported in § 54.1305(e) attributable to
investment in C&WF Category 1.3 and
COE Category 4.13. This amount is
calculated by multiplying the total
amount of these expenses and taxes by
the ratio of the unseparated gross
exchange plant investment in C&WF
Category 1.3 and COE Category 4.13, as
reported in § 54.1305(a), to the
unseparated gross telecommunications
plant investment, as reported in
§ 54.1305(f). Total Corporate Operations
Expense for purposes of calculating
high-cost loop support payments
beginning January 1, 2012 shall be
limited to the lesser of § 54.1308(a)(4)(i)
or (ii).
(i) The actual average monthly perloop Corporate Operations Expense; or
(ii) A monthly per-loop amount
computed according to paragraphs
(a)(4)(ii)(A), (a)(4)(ii)(B), (a)(4)(ii)(C), and
(a)(4)(ii)(D) of this section. To the extent
that some carriers’ corporate operations
expenses are disallowed pursuant to
these limitations, the national average
unseparated cost per loop shall be
adjusted accordingly.
(A) For study areas with 6,000 or
fewer total working loops the amount
monthly per working loop shall be
$42.337 ¥ (.00328 × the number of total
working loops), or, $63,000/the number
of total working loops, whichever is
greater;
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 / Rules and Regulations
(B) For study areas with more than
6,000 but fewer than 17,887 total
working loops, the monthly amount per
working loop shall be $3.007 +
(117,990/the number of total working
loops); and
(C) For study areas with 17,887 or
more total working loops, the monthly
amount per working loop shall be
$9.562.
(D) Beginning January 1, 2013, the
monthly per-loop amount computed
according to paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A),
(a)(4)(ii)(B), and (a)(4)(ii)(C) of this
section shall be adjusted each year to
reflect the annual percentage change in
the United States Department of
Commerce’s Gross Domestic ProductChained Price Index (GDP–CPI).
(b) [Reserved]
§ 54.1309 National and study area average
unseparated loop costs.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with RULES3
(a) National average unseparated loop
cost per working loop. Except as
provided in paragraph (c) of this
section, this is equal to the sum of the
Loop Costs for each study area in the
country as calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1308(a) divided by the sum of the
working loops reported in § 54.1305(h)
for each study area in the country. The
national average unseparated loop cost
per working loop shall be calculated by
the National Exchange Carrier
Association. Beginning July 1, 2001, the
national average unseparated loop cost
for purposes of calculating expense
adjustments for rural incumbent local
exchange carriers, as that term is
defined in § 54.5 of this part is frozen
at $240.00.
(1) The national average unseparated
loop cost per working loop shall be
recalculated by the National Exchange
Carrier Association to reflect the
September, December, and March
update filings.
(2) Each new nationwide average shall
be used in determining the additional
interstate expense allocation for
companies which made filings by the
most recent filing date.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:43 Jul 08, 2014
Jkt 232001
(3) The calculation of a new national
average to reflect the update filings shall
not affect the amount of the additional
interstate expense allocation for
companies which did not make an
update filing by the most recent filing
date.
(b) Study area average unseparated
loop cost per working loop. This is equal
to the unseparated loop costs for the
study area as calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1308(a) divided by the number of
working loops reported in § 54.1305(i)
for the study area.
(1) If a company elects to, or is
required to, update the data which it has
filed with the National Exchange Carrier
Association as provided in § 54.1306(a),
the study area average unseparated loop
cost per working loop and the amount
of its additional interstate expense
allocation shall be recalculated to reflect
the updated data.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) The national average inseparated
loop Cost per working loop shall be the
greater of:
(1) The amount calculated pursuant to
the method described in paragraph (a) of
this section; or
(2) Beginning July 1, 2001, for rural
carriers, an amount calculated to
produce the maximum rural incumbent
local exchange carrier portion of
nationwide loop cost expense
adjustment allowable pursuant to
§ 54.1302(a).
§ 54.1310
Expense adjustment.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) [Reserved]
(c) Beginning January 1, 1988, for
study areas reporting 200,000 or fewer
working loops pursuant to § 54.1305(h),
the expense adjustment (additional
interstate expense allocation) is equal to
the sum of paragraphs (c)(1) through (2)
of this section.
(1) Sixty-five percent of the study area
average unseparated loop cost per
working loop as calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1309(b) in excess of 115 percent of
the national average for this cost but not
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
39193
greater than 150 percent of the national
average for this cost as calculated
pursuant to § 54.1309(a) multiplied by
the number of working loops reported in
§ 54.1305(h) for the study area; and
(2) Seventy-five percent of the study
area average unseparated loop cost per
working loop as calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1309(b) in excess of 150 percent of
the national average for this cost as
calculated pursuant to § 54.1309(a)
multiplied by the number of working
loops reported in § 54.1305(h) for the
study area.
(d) Beginning April 1, 1989, the
expense adjustment calculated pursuant
to § 54.1310(c) shall be adjusted each
year to reflect changes in the amount of
high-cost loop support resulting from
adjustments calculated pursuant to
§ 54.1306(a) made during the previous
year. If the resulting amount exceeds the
previous year’s fund size, the difference
will be added to the amount calculated
pursuant to § 54.1310(c) for the
following year. If the adjustments made
during the previous year result in a
decrease in the size of the funding
requirement, the difference will be
subtracted from the amount calculated
pursuant to § 54.1310(c) for the
following year.
PART 69—ACCESS CHARGES
13. The authority citation for part 69
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 201, 202, 203,
205, 218, 220, 254, 403.
■
14. Revise § 69.413 to read as follows:
§ 69.413 High cost loop support universal
service fund expenses.
Beginning April 1, 1989, expenses
allocated to the interstate jurisdiction
pursuant to §§ 54.1310 and 36.641 of
this chapter shall be assigned to the
Universal Service Fund Element.
[FR Doc. 2014–15668 Filed 7–8–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\09JYR3.SGM
09JYR3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 131 (Wednesday, July 9, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 39163-39193]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-15668]
[[Page 39163]]
Vol. 79
Wednesday,
No. 131
July 9, 2014
Part III
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Parts 36, 54 and 69
Connect America Fund, ETC Annual Reports and Certifications,
Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
Universal Service Reform--Mobility Fund; Developing an Unified
Intercarrier Compensation Regime; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 131 / Wednesday, July 9, 2014 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 39164]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Parts 36, 54 and 69
[WC Docket Nos. 10-90, 14-58, 07-135; WT Docket No. 10-208; CC Docket
No. 01-92; FCC 14-54]
Connect America Fund, ETC Annual Reports and Certifications,
Establishing Just and Reasonable Rates for Local Exchange Carriers;
Universal Service Reform--Mobility Fund; Developing an Unified
Intercarrier Compensation Regime
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, the Federal Communications Commission
(Commission) takes significant steps to continue the implementation of
the 2011 universal service reforms. This document takes into account
lessons learned and new marketplace developments to further the
Commission's statutory mission of ensuring that all consumers have
access to advanced telecommunications and information services.
DATES: Effective August 8, 2014, except for Sec. 54.310(e)(1) which
contains new or modified information collection requirements that will
not be effective until approved by the Office of Management and Budget.
The Federal Communications Commission will publish a document in the
Federal Register announcing the effective date for that paragraph.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Alexander Minard, Wireline Competition
Bureau, (202) 418-0428 or TTY: (202) 418-0484.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Report
and Order, Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion and Order and
Seventh Order on Reconsideration in WC Docket Nos. 10-90, 14-58, 07-
135; WT Docket No. 10-208; CC Docket No. 01-92; FCC 14-54, adopted on
April 23, 2014 and released on June 10, 2014. The full text of this
document is available for public inspection during regular business
hours in the FCC Reference Center, Room CY-A257, 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20554. Or at the following Internet address: https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2014/db0610/FCC-14-54A1.pdf. The Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM) that was
adopted concurrently with the Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling,
Order, Memorandum Opinion and Order and Seventh Order on
Reconsideration are published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.
I. Introduction
1. With the Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum
Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM), the Commission
takes significant steps to continue the implementation of the landmark
reforms unanimously adopted by the Commission in 2011 to modernize
universal service for the 21st century. The Commission builds on the
solid foundation created in 2011, taking into account what they have
learned to date and new marketplace developments, to fulfill our
statutory mission to ensure that all consumers ``have access to . . .
advanced telecommunications and information services.''
2. A core component of the 2011 reforms was the creation of the
Connect America Fund to preserve and advance voice and robust broadband
services, both fixed and mobile, in high-cost areas of the nation that
the marketplace would not otherwise serve. Today, the Commission adopts
rules that build on the framework established by the Commission in the
USF/ICC Transformation Order, 76 FR 73830, November 29, 2011, while
proposing targeted adjustments that the Commission believes are
necessary to ensure that they are best utilizing the funds that
consumers and businesses pay into the universal service system. In
particular, the Commission is mindful that technological innovation is
occurring at a rapid pace, and the marketplace has continued to evolve
in the intervening years. The Commission must ensure that the reforms
it implements now are not predicated on outdated assumptions.
3. Meeting the infrastructure challenge of the 21st century will be
a multi-year journey. It took the nation almost 50 years to bring
electricity to 99 percent of rural farms; decades later, it took 35
years to complete the original portion of the interstate highway
system. In just two years, the Commission's reforms have set the nation
on a path that will bring new fixed broadband services to more than 1.6
million Americans, new mobile services to historically unserved Tribal
lands, and improved mobile coverage along our nation's roads. Achieving
universal access to broadband will not occur overnight. Today, the
Commission takes further steps to bring broadband service to every
corner of the country.
4. The Report and Order adopts several rules to establish the
foundation for the award of support in price cap areas where the price
cap carrier declines the offer of model-based support. Specifically,
the Commission concludes that all areas where the average cost per
location equals or exceeds a specified cost benchmark are eligible for
Phase II support in the competitive bidding process. The Commission
sets a support term of 10 years for support awarded through the
competitive bidding process. The Commission permits price cap carriers
that decline model-based support to participate in the competitive
bidding process that it expects to be prepared to conduct by the end of
2015.
5. The Commission also addresses more generally provider
eligibility for support through the competitive bidding process and the
Remote Areas Fund. The Commission permits entities to seek designation
as eligible telecommunications carriers (ETCs) after notification they
are winning bidders for the offer of Phase II Connect America funding.
The Commission concludes that recipients of support through the
competitive bidding process or the Remote Areas Fund must certify as to
their financial and technical capabilities to provide the required
services within the specified timeframe in the geographic area for
which they seek support.
6. The Commission issues a declaratory ruling to provide rate-of-
return carriers greater clarity regarding their obligations to extend
broadband service upon reasonable request.
7. In the Order, the Commission phases in support reductions
associated with the 2014 rate floor of $20.46 over a multi-year period
to provide time for incumbent carriers and state commissions to make
any adjustments they deem necessary. In particular, the Commission
defers any support reductions for lines that have rates of $14 or
greater until January 2, 2015. Between January 2, 2015, and June 30,
2016, the Commission implements support reductions only to the extent
rates are below $16; between July 1, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the
Commission implements support reductions only for lines with rates
under $18 or the rate floor established by the 2016 rate survey,
whichever is lower; and between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018, the
Commission implements support reductions only for lines with rates
under $20 or the 2017 rate floor, whichever is lower. Thus, the
[[Page 39165]]
impact of this rule is phased in over a four-year period.
8. The Commission also reconsiders certain aspects of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order in response to petitions from a variety of
stakeholders. These modifications reflect our continuing commitment in
the universal service reforms to efficiency and creating the
appropriate incentives to invest and operate modern voice and
broadband-capable networks. First, to provide a more measured
transition for rate-of-return carriers that would have qualified under
the prior rules for certain support known as Safety Net Additive (SNA)
based on their significant network investment, the Commission permits
such carriers to receive SNA for such investments made in 2010 and
2011. Second, the Commission eliminates the high-cost loop support
(HCLS) benchmarking rule so that rate-of-return carriers' support will
no longer be limited by benchmarks calculated using quantile regression
analysis (QRA).
9. In addition, the Commission waives certain application fees that
deter companies from rationalizing their service territory boundaries,
deny a petition for reconsideration of the Commission's decision to
impose broadband public interest obligations on recipients of high-cost
support, while affirming that these conditions do not constitute common
carrier regulation, and dismiss or deny two applications for review of
the Wireline Competition Bureau's (Bureau) Phase II Service Obligations
Order, 78 FR 70881, November 27, 2013.
II. Report and Order
A. Connect America Phase II Competitive Bidding Process
10. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission decided
that, in areas where the price cap ETC refuses model-based support,
support will be provided through a competitive bidding process. It
adopted general rules to govern competitive bidding processes to award
universal service support, codified in Subpart AA of Part 1 of the
Commission's rules. The Commission sought comment in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNPRM, 76 FR 78384, December 16, 2011, on a number of
issues related to the design of the competitive bidding process,
including which areas should be eligible, the term of support, and
whether price cap carriers that decline model-based support should be
permitted to participate in the competitive bidding process.
1. Eligible Areas
11. Discussion. After reviewing the record before the Commission,
and based on what it has learned over the last two years, it now
concludes that it should provide more flexibility to parties in Phase
II to design effective bids for areas where the average cost is equal
to or above the Connect America Phase II funding benchmark. The work on
the Connect America Cost Model has shown us that extremely high-cost
areas are actually interspersed among high-cost areas. Indeed, many of
the census tracts containing census blocks potentially eligible for the
offer of model-based support (i.e., those census blocks where the
average cost per location is equal to or exceeds the funding benchmark
but is lower than the extremely high-cost threshold) also contain one
or more census blocks where the average cost per location, as
determined by the model, exceeds the extremely high-cost threshold. The
Commission concludes that including both high-cost and extremely high-
cost areas in the competitive bidding process will enable parties to
build integrated networks that span both types of areas in adjacent
census blocks as appropriate. In other words, this approach allows
potential providers to decide how best to upgrade or extend networks to
serve these areas rather than having the Commission artificially pre-
determining which areas should be served through one mechanism and
which should be served through a separate mechanism.
12. Moreover, the Commission recognizes that the actual cost for a
provider to serve census blocks that are above the extremely high-cost
threshold may, in fact, be less than is predicted by the cost model.
Potential service providers that have done the appropriate due
diligence are in a better position to know local conditions on the
ground and thus determine whether the support potentially available
will enable them to meet the associated obligations. The Commission
believes it would be the most efficient use of Phase II funding to
provide support to areas above the specified funding threshold and then
target the discrete budget for the Remote Areas Fund to those areas
that remain unserved after the competitive bidding process.
13. A price cap carrier that elects to make the state-level
commitment is already free to deploy to locations that would be above
the extremely high-cost threshold to satisfy a portion of its build out
obligation. By making extremely high-cost areas eligible for support in
the competitive bidding process, the Commission effectively provides
participants in the competitive bidding process the same choice: They
may elect or not elect to serve those areas that the model has
determined to be extremely high-cost.
14. The Commission does not decide at this time whether to use
census blocks, or aggregations of census blocks such as census tracts,
as the minimum size geographic unit eligible in the Phase II
competitive bidding process. The Commission concluded we would
entertain proposals in the rural broadband experiments in price cap
territories at the census tract level, and the Commission currently is
reviewing the expressions of interest received to date. The lessons
learned from our review of the expressions of interest in the rural
broadband experiments will give us better data and allow us to make a
more informed decision on this issue later this year.
2. Term of Support
15. Discussion. The Commission concludes that Connect America Phase
II support awarded through the competitive bidding process should be
available for ten years, subject to existing requirements and the
availability of funds. In the recent Tech Transitions Order, 79 FR
11327, February 28, 2014 and 79 FR 11366, February 28, 2014, the
Commission adopted a framework for rural broadband experiments and
concluded that it would provide support for any approved experiments
for periods of up to ten years. While acknowledging the marketplace may
change over time, the Commission recognized that ``some entities may be
unwilling to make the necessary long-term investments to build robust
future-proof networks in areas that are uneconomic to serve absent
continued support beyond a five-year term.'' The Commission similarly
found that, for the competitive bidding process for Connect America
Phase II, providing support for a period of ten years may stimulate
greater interest in the competitive bidding process, especially given
the increased investment participants may need to bring to the table to
meet the higher speed benchmark we propose below. Increased
participation in the competitive bidding process will help ensure that
funding is targeted efficiently to expand broadband-capable
infrastructure throughout the country.
16. The Commission does not find any compelling reason to limit the
term of support awarded through a competitive bidding process to five
years, as initially suggested by some commenters. Specifically, the
[[Page 39166]]
Commission is not persuaded by the American Cable Association's (ACA)
arguments that the flexibility to re-evaluate the need for support
after five years outweighs the benefits of a longer term that the
Commission relies on above. While the Commission acknowledges that
marketplace forces may bring new competitors to high-cost areas where
Phase II support is provided, it makes the predictive judgment that
such an outcome is unlikely to occur due to the high-cost nature of
these areas; if those areas could be cost-effectively served without
government support, it believes competitors would already be serving
them. Nor is the Commission persuaded that the term of support should
be the same for providers accepting Connect America Phase II support
pursuant to the state-level commitment as for those subject to
competitive bidding. As the Commission concluded in the Tech
Transitions Order, there is no inherent reason why the terms associated
with a competitive offer must be identical to the terms associated with
the offer of model-based support. One reason why the Commission
established a five-year term of support for areas subject to model-
based support was to move to competitive bidding processes in a timely
manner in those areas where support initially would be awarded through
the acceptance of state-level commitments. As noted by Windstream, this
reason for limiting the duration of the support term is inapplicable
when support is awarded in the first instance through a competitive
bidding process.
3. Eligibility of Price Cap Carriers To Participate in Phase II
Competitive Bidding
17. The Commission concludes that a price cap carrier's decision
not to accept model-based support should not preclude it from
participating in the competitive bidding process. The Commission finds
that maximizing the number of qualified eligible participants is likely
to improve the quality of the competitive bids and the results of the
process. Moreover, the Commission does not find persuasive the
arguments made by several commenters that permitting price cap carriers
to participate in the competitive bidding process would give them the
ability to ``cherry pick'' the most desirable service areas. The
Commission expects that a price cap carrier will determine whether to
accept the offer of model-based support primarily based on its own
analysis of whether the support offered for the state justifies
undertaking the associated obligations. It is not unreasonable that a
carrier might conclude that the total amount of state-level support
would not meet the obligations in the carrier's specific circumstances,
while also concluding that many or even all parts of the state are
worth serving at some other support level. In addition, though a
carrier could strategically decline the model-based support in the hope
of favorably selecting only the most desirable service areas, that
strategy would have risks. Indeed, the very desirability of certain
service areas creates the possibility that the carrier might not be
awarded those areas through the competitive bidding process or that the
support amount for those areas will be bid down to a level that is less
than what the model would have provided. In our predictive judgment,
the costs of excluding price cap carriers that decline model-based
support exceed the possible benefits. The Commission therefore declines
to exclude price cap carriers from the competitive bidding process.
B. Provider Eligibility Requirements
18. In response to the proposals in the USF/ICC Transformation
FNRPM, a number of parties raised concerns that requiring ETC
designation before participating in the Phase II competitive bidding
process was a barrier to participating in the auction, urging the
Commission to allow providers to obtain ETC designation later in the
process. Similarly, a number of parties urged the Commission to remove
barriers to participation in the Remote Areas Fund.
19. Discussion. Under the statute, only ETCs designated pursuant to
section 214(e) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (Act)
``shall be eligible to receive specific Federal universal service
support.'' Section 214(e)(2) gives states the primary responsibility
for ETC designation. However, section 214(e)(6) provides that this
Commission is responsible for processing requests for ETC designation
when the service provider is not subject to the jurisdiction of the
state public utility commission. Support is disbursed only after the
provider receives an ETC designation.
20. The Commission seeks to encourage as many different types of
providers as possible to participate in the competitive bidding process
that will award support to serve high-cost and extremely high-cost
areas. Likewise, the Commission seeks to encourage participation in the
Remote Areas Fund. Recognizing that there may be areas of the country
that the incumbent price cap carriers do not wish to serve, it is time
to take steps to establish a framework that will enable other providers
to become ETCs.
21. The Commission reaffirms that entities selected to receive
support from Connect America Phase II or the Remote Areas Fund must
obtain ETC designation from either a state public utility commission
pursuant to section 214(e)(2), or the Commission pursuant to section
214(e)(6), of the Act. The Commission declines at this time to adopt
the suggestion of certain parties that it either forbear from ETC
designation requirements, or that it preempt states from issuing ETC
designations. Rather, to address concerns in the record and to
encourage participation in the competitive process as well as the
Remote Areas Fund, the Commission adopts a more liberal process for the
timing of ETC designation.
22. After consideration of the record, the Commission concludes
that potential applicants in the Phase II competitive bidding process
need not be ETCs at the time they initially apply for funding at the
Commission. Rather, the Commission is persuaded that it should permit
entities to obtain ETC designation after the announcement of winning
bidders for the offer of Phase II Connect America funding, which it
believes will encourage greater participation in the competitive
process by a wider range of entities. ETC status must be confirmed
before funding awarded through the competitive process is disbursed.
The Commission finds that maximizing the number of qualified
participants in the competitive bidding process is likely to improve
the overall quality of the process. Some qualified potential bidders
may be hesitant to invest resources to apply for an ETC designation
absent any sense of whether they are likely to be awarded Phase II
support. Other potential bidders may have concerns about triggering
obligations as an ETC pending the result of the competitive bidding
process or for areas for which they are not ultimately awarded support.
Moreover, unlike entities that are already ETCs, entities that do not
yet have ETC designation would risk making public their bidding
strategy if required to seek ETC designation in the states where they
intend to bid. On balance, the Commission concludes that the benefits
of encouraging greater participation in the Phase II competitive
bidding process outweigh any potential risk that winning bidders do not
meet the necessary requirements to be designated an ETC.
23. The Commission acknowledges that it declined to take that
approach for the Mobility Fund Phase I and Tribal
[[Page 39167]]
Mobility Fund Phase I. There, the Commission adopted the general
requirement for those auctions that parties obtain ETC designation
prior to filing the short-form application in part to ensure that
applicants filing to participate in the auction were serious bidders.
Based on our experience with the Mobility Fund Phase I and our review
of the record, however, the Commission now concludes that a different
approach is warranted for the Connect America Phase II competitive
bidding process. The Commission is not persuaded by arguments that the
ETC designation must be received prior to the competitive bidding
process in order to ensure that only financially and technically
qualified providers participate in the competitive bidding process.
While the Commission acknowledges the possibility that in some cases a
winning bidder may not meet the requirements for designation as an ETC,
it presumes that prospective bidders will have the appropriate
incentives to undertake the necessary due diligence in advance of the
competitive bidding process to understand the requirements for ETC
designation from the relevant state, or this Commission, should the
state lack jurisdiction. The Commission notes that if a winning bidder
fails to receive an ETC designation, it will be ineligible to receive
any payments of support and will be considered in default of its
obligations, with the penalties that entails. This risk should be an
adequate deterrent for prospective bidders to ensure, in advance of
bidding, that they meet the necessary requirements and have sufficient
resources to meet their obligations. Moreover, nothing the Commission
decides today precludes any prospective bidder from filing an ETC
application in advance of the competitive bidding process, should it
choose to do so.
24. In the Mobility Fund Phase I, the Commission expressly
permitted potential bidders to obtain conditional ETC designation prior
to filing the short-form application. Given our decision to permit
entities to seek ETC designation after public notice of the winning
bidders for the offer of Phase II support, the Commission does not
anticipate many parties would seek conditional ETC designation prior to
applying for funding. To the extent a party chooses to do so, however,
and a state or this Commission issues a conditional ETC designation
prior to the auction, the Commission expects that the ETC designation
in such situations will be finalized quickly as a pro forma matter
after announcement of the winning bidders for Phase II support.
25. The Commission seeks comment in the concurrently adopted FNPRM
on implementation issues relating to ETC designation, including the
timeframe in which a winning bidder must seek ETC designation before
being deemed in default.
26. Financial and Technical Qualifications. The Commission adopts
the concurrently adopted FNPRM proposal that recipients of support
through the Phase II competitive bidding process and the Remote Areas
Fund certify as to their financial and technical capabilities to
provide the required services within the specified timeframe in the
geographic area for which they seek support. The Commission implemented
such a requirement for Mobility Fund Phase I and Tribal Mobility Fund
Phase I, and it concludes it is equally appropriate for recipients of
support through the Phase II competitive bidding process and the Remote
Areas Fund. It would not be administratively efficient to conduct a
competitive bidding process with participation from entities that are
not prepared to make such commitments. Likewise, while the Commission
does not determine the details of the Remote Areas Fund at this time,
it concludes that entities receiving support through that mechanism
should similarly be financially and technically qualified to provide
the required services.
C. Transition Into Phase II
27. In this section, the Commission addresses issues relating to
the transition from existing support to Connect America Phase II.
1. Transition Where Model-Based Support Is Less Than Connect America
Phase I Support
28. Discussion. The Commission concludes that, where a carrier
chooses to accept model-based support that is less than its Connect
America Phase I frozen support, the transition shall occur over a
three-year period of time. Any carrier exercising its right to make a
state-level commitment will effectively be making a decision that the
model-based support is sufficient to meet its obligations in the areas
for which it is making a commitment. However, the Commission generally
prefers to avoid flash cuts in support that would dramatically affect
consumers. According to our estimates, some carriers in some states
will receive significantly less support than they receive today under
Connect America Phase I. It appears that seven carriers would face
reductions in their current support in 30 states if they accept the
offer of model-based support. Because some states have more than one
carrier with a reduction, there could be 52 discrete situations in
which a carrier's frozen support in a particular state would be less
than its Phase I frozen support if all price cap carriers accepted
model-based support. Of these 52 situations, there are 12 situations
where there would be reductions greater than $5 million per year. While
the specific figures for individual carriers may change after
completion of the Phase II challenge process, the Commission is
persuaded of the need for an appropriate transition to lower support
levels.
29. The Commission's desire to avoid flash cuts has led it to adopt
transitions of varying lengths for various reforms adopted in the USF/
ICC Transformation Order, including a four-year period for the phase-
down of identical support for competitive ETCs and a three-year phase-
down of support in rate-of-return areas where there is a 100 percent
overlap with an unsubsidized competitor. Given that carriers accepting
model-based support have made a business decision that such support is
adequate to meet their obligations, the Commission does not agree that
a transition comparable to the phase-down in support for competitive
ETCs is required. To take that approach would effectively mean the
price cap carrier would not be receiving model-based support until the
last year of the five-year term. Rather, the Commission is persuaded
that a transition occurring over three years for carriers accepting
state-level Connect America Phase II support that is less than the
frozen high-cost support is sufficient.
30. Accordingly, the Commission adopts the following transition: In
all years, a carrier accepting state-level support pursuant to Connect
America Phase II that is less than the Connect America Phase I frozen
high-cost support will receive the full amount of Connect America Phase
II support. Assuming the Commission adopts the proposal in the
concurrently adopted FNPRM to make the funding term for Connect America
Phase II coincide with calendar years, in 2015 the carrier would
receive, in addition to its Phase II support, 75 percent of the
difference between the annualized amount of Connect America Phase II
support that it accepted and the amount of Connect America Phase I
frozen high-cost support that it received in 2014. In 2016, it would
receive 50 percent of the difference; in 2017, it would receive 25
percent of the difference; in 2018 and in 2019, it would receive only
Connect
[[Page 39168]]
America Phase II state-level support. For administrative convenience,
this phase-down will apply to all carriers accepting a lower amount of
state-level support, even if the absolute or relative size of the
reduction is small.
2. Transition Where Competitive Eligible Telecommunications Carrier
Receives Support Based on Competitive Bidding Process
31. The Commission concludes that competitive ETCs awarded Connect
America Phase II support through the competitive bidding process will
cease to receive legacy phase-down support for those specific areas
upon commencement of Connect America Phase II support. The Commission
previously concluded that, with respect to any price cap carrier that
declines the offer of model-based support, the carrier's Phase I
support will terminate when support is provided to another provider for
that area through the competitive bidding process. Similarly, the
Commission also determined that a competitive ETC's legacy phase-down
support would be terminated in any area for which it is awarded
Mobility Fund Phase II support upon commencement of support. For
similar reasons, the Commission finds that any competitive ETC that is
authorized to receive Phase II support through a competitive bidding
process will no longer receive frozen legacy support for the area in
question. Given the carrier's explicit endorsement of the support
amount in its bid, the Commission sees no need for additional support
to ease the transition to Connect America Phase II.
D. Elimination of Support in Areas With 100 Percent Overlap
32. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission adopted a
rule to eliminate support in incumbent local exchange carrier (LEC)
study areas where an unsubsidized competitor or combination of
unsubsidized competitors offers voice and broadband that meet our
service obligations throughout the service area. The Commission hereby
codifies that rule and the three-year phase-down of support adopted
therein.
33. The Commission sought comment on the methodology used for
determining whether an incumbent LEC is 100 percent overlapped by an
unsubsidized competitor, and it directed the Bureau ``to publish a
finalized methodology for determining areas of overlap and a list of
companies for which there is a 100 percent overlap.'' Now that the
study area boundary data collection has been completed, the Commission
expects the Bureau will implement that directive in the months ahead.
34. The Commission proposes in the concurrently adopted FNPRM that
the Bureau should review the study area boundary data in conjunction
with data collected on the FCC Form 477 and the National Broadband Map
every other year to determine whether and where 100 percent overlaps
exist. The Commission also proposes to adjust the baseline for support
reductions to be the amount of support received in the year immediately
preceding the determination of 100 percent overlap, rather than 2010
support amounts.
E. Rule Amendments
35. Sections 54.313 and 54.314 of the Commission's rules require
that all reports and certifications filed pursuant to these sections be
filed with the Commission's Office of the Secretary in WC Docket No.
10-90. The Commission takes this opportunity to amend the Code of
Federal Regulations to direct all section 54.313 and 54.314 filers to
file their reports and certifications with the Office of the Secretary
in the newly-opened WC Docket No. 14-58.
36. The Commission also takes this opportunity to make several rule
amendments. First, the Commission moves the rules regarding HCLS and
safety net additive, which currently are located in subpart F of Part
36, into a new subpart M in Part 54 in order to consolidate all high-
cost rules in Part 54, and make conforming changes throughout Part 54.
In the course of moving those rules, the Commission also deletes those
portions that are no longer applicable due to the passage of time and
other changes previously implemented in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order. The Commission notes that section 1.1105 of the Commission's
rules requires a filing fee in connection with petitions for waiver of
rules contained in Part 36. While consolidation of the high-cost rules
into one part may constitute a substantive rule change requiring notice
and comment because of the required filing fee, the Commission utilizes
the good cause exemption for when notice and comment are
``impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.''
Previously, the Commission issued a blanket waiver of the filing fee
for carriers seeking a waiver of the HCLS benchmark rule contained in
Part 36, but did not do so for the remainder of the universal service
rules in Part 36 because that issue was not before it. However, the
Commission finds that parties seeking waiver of any of the universal
service rules included in subpart F of Part 36 similarly should not be
subject to a filing fee, because parties seeking a waiver of other
high-cost universal service rules in Part 54 are not subject to any
filing fee. In moving subpart F of Part 36 to Part 54, the Commission
notes that parties seeking waiver of the moved rules will no longer be
subject to a filing fee. The Commission finds that it is in the public
interest to consolidate all high-cost universal service rules into one
part and to maintain consistency regarding filing fees throughout all
of Part 54 of the Commission's rules and, therefore, that it is
unnecessary, under the circumstances, to seek comment on otherwise non-
substantive change to the Commission's rules. Second, the Commission
deletes other codified universal service rules that no longer are
applicable because they govern time periods or support mechanisms that
no longer are in existence.
III. Declaratory Ruling
37. In contrast, in the areas served by price cap carriers the
Commission concluded it would target support to high-cost areas, and
support would be disbursed through a combination of a forward-looking
model and a competitive bidding mechanism. Price cap carriers accepting
model-based support must deploy voice and broadband-capable networks to
all supported locations that are deemed ``high-cost'' and not served by
an unsubsidized competitor, but they are not required to extend
broadband in extremely high-cost areas as determined by the forward-
looking cost model.
38. The Commission expressly recognized that there are some areas
of the country where it is cost prohibitive to extend broadband using
terrestrial wireline technology and, that in some areas, satellite or
fixed wireless technologies may be more cost-effective options to
extend service. It established a Remote Areas Fund with a budget of at
least $100 million annually to address those areas that are not served.
It envisioned that this dedicated funding would not be available in
those remote areas in rural America that already have broadband meeting
the Commission's performance requirements that it sought comment on in
the USF/ICC Transformation FNPRM. The Commission stated in the USF/ICC
Transformation FNRPM that it intended ``to use a forward-looking cost
model--once finalized--to identify a small number of extremely high-
cost areas in both rate-of-return and price cap areas that should
receive support from the Remote Areas Fund.'' It sought comment in the
USF/ICC
[[Page 39169]]
Transformation FNPRM on various issues relating to the Remote Areas
Fund, including performance requirements, eligibility standards, which
areas would be eligible for support, and measures to combat waste and
improve accountability. It noted that ``pending development of the
record and resolution of these issues, rate-of-return carriers are
simply required to extend broadband upon reasonable request.''
39. Since the issuance of the USF/ICC Transformation Order, a
number of rate-of-return carriers have informally sought guidance from
Commission staff as to what they are required to do under the
``reasonable request'' standard and what should be addressed in their
five-year service improvement plans. Commenters recognize that it is
not reasonable to extend service in extremely high-cost areas, but the
question remains how that standard might be applied in particular
situations. Some carriers have informally expressed concern that state
commissions might conclude that high-cost support is not being used for
its intended purpose, as required by section 54.7 of the Commission's
rules, if a carrier fails to extend broadband service upon request in
particular situations or fails to meet deployment targets contained in
their five-year service improvement plans. Concerns also have been
expressed that support could be withheld, or recovery of support
previously disbursed could be sought, for failure to meet this
standard. Moreover, certain state commissions have informally indicated
to Commission staff that they feel they do not have jurisdiction over
broadband services and thus cannot determine where or whether it is
appropriate for a carrier to extend broadband service upon reasonable
request.
40. Discussion. The Commission now concludes it would be
appropriate to issue a declaratory ruling regarding which requests
should be deemed unreasonable under our current rules and policies to
provide greater clarity to all affected stakeholders.
41. The Commission acknowledges there is some ambiguity in the USF/
ICC Transformation Order on this topic. The Commission suggested that
to the extent states retain jurisdiction over voice service, they would
have jurisdiction to monitor the responsiveness of rate-of-return
carriers to requests for service over a broadband-capable voice
network. The Commission did not address, however, what standards might
apply in those states where the public service commission lacks
jurisdiction to address such matters, nor did it provide any guidance
as a matter of federal policy as to what factors might be relevant to
the extent a state does have jurisdiction. Moreover, when the
Commission stated its expectation that rate-of-return carriers would
``follow pre-existing state requirements, if any, regarding service
line extensions in their highest-cost areas,'' it did not distinguish
the situation in which a carrier is extending new facilities to serve a
location in the first instance (such as extending a line to a newly
built home in a high-cost area) from the situation in which the carrier
has existing facilities in place to provide voice service (i.e., a
copper line) to a particular location and the customer is requesting
that line be upgraded to provide broadband service as well as voice
service. The Commission therefore concludes that it would be beneficial
to enunciate more clearly our requirements for the extension of
broadband services where the rate-of-return carrier already has a
facility in place to provide voice service.
42. Rate-of-return carriers evaluating a request to extend
broadband service should consider whether it would be reasonable to
make the necessary upgrades in light of anticipated end-user revenues
from the retail provision of broadband service and other sources of
revenues, including but not limited to federal or state universal
service funding projected to be available under current rules. In
considering end-user revenues, carriers should take into account the
reasonable comparability benchmark for broadband services. If the
incremental cost of undertaking the necessary upgrades to a particular
location exceed the revenues that could be expected from that upgraded
line, a request would not be reasonable.
43. A request to upgrade an existing voice line to provide
broadband service would not be reasonable if it would require new
investments that would cause total high-cost support, excluding CAF-
ICC, to exceed $250 per line per month in a given study area. The
Commission determined in the USF/ICC Transformation Order that
``support drawn from limited public funds in excess of $250 per-line
monthly (not including any new CAF support resulting from ICC reform)
should not be provided without further justification.'' The Commission
subsequently determined in the Third Order on Reconsideration, 77 FR
30904, May 24, 2012, that ETCs may take into account backhaul costs or
other unique circumstances that may make it cost-prohibitive to extend
service to particular customers. Finally, in the Fifth Order on
Reconsideration, 78 FR 3837, January 17, 2013, the Commission clarified
that when reviewing petitions for waiver of the $250 per month cap, it
would ``consider the impact of reforms not only on voice service alone,
but also on continued operation of a broadband-capable network and the
effect on consumer rates.'' In particular, the Commission stated that
it envisioned ``granting relief to incumbent telephone companies only
in those circumstances in which the petitioner can demonstrate that
consumers served by such carriers face a significant risk of losing
access to a broadband-capable network that provides both voice as well
as broadband today, at reasonably comparable rates, in areas where
there are no alternative providers of voice or broadband. To the extent
carriers have already made the investment in such broadband-capable
networks, reductions in support that would threaten their ability to
continue to maintain and operate those existing networks offering
service at reasonably comparable rates in areas where consumers have no
alternatives would be a public policy concern.''
44. Thus, under these prior determinations, the Commission declares
that a request is not reasonable if it would require a carrier to
undertake new network upgrades to install new backhaul facilities or to
replace existing copper lines to the home with fiber merely for the
purpose of newly providing broadband service in study areas where total
support already is subject to the $250 per line monthly cap. Moreover,
the Commission declares that a request is not reasonable if it would
require a carrier to undertake new network upgrades to newly provide
broadband service to requesting customers if that would cause total
monthly support that presently is under the $250 cap to exceed the cap,
under our existing rules.
45. The Commission also declares that a rate-of-return carrier has
no obligation to extend broadband-capable infrastructure in any census
block that is served by an unsubsidized competitor that meets the
Commission's current performance standards. Indeed, to do so would be
inconsistent with the Commission's general policy--which is not limited
to price cap territories--that ``all broadband build out obligations
for fixed broadband are conditioned on not spending the funds to serve
customers in areas already served by an `unsubsidized competitor.' ''
The Commission cannot and will not condone new investment subsidized by
universal service funds to occur in areas that are already served by
marketplace
[[Page 39170]]
forces, and thus interpret our broadband public interest obligation
consistent with that policy.
46. For purposes of determining whether a census block is served by
an unsubsidized competitor, the Commission provides flexibility to
rate-of-return carriers to make that determination in one of several
ways. They are free to, but not required to, rely upon the treatment of
a particular census block in the forward-looking cost model recently
adopted by the Wireline Competition Bureau for the offer of support to
price cap carriers. They are free to, but not required to, rely upon
published coverage maps or online tools provided by competitors to
enable prospective customers to determine whether service is available
at particular addresses. There may be other ways a rate-of-return
carrier may determine whether a particular location already is served
by another provider; the Commission does not intend to suggest these
are the only means of making such a determination. The Commission
proposes in the concurrently adopted FNPRM to preclude rate-of-return
carriers going forward, as of a date certain, from including in cost
studies used for the determination of HCLS and interstate common line
support (ICLS) the costs associated with new investment in areas that
are already served by a qualifying provider that provides voice and
broadband meeting the Commission's Phase II performance requirements.
The Commission seeks comment in the concurrently adopted FNPRM on a
rule to preclude new investment from being recovered through HCLS and
ICLS as of a date certain and instead to develop a new Connect America
Fund that will support voice and broadband-capable networks in rural
America within the existing Connect America Fund budget.
47. While the Commission does not decide now as a general matter
whether and if so how a forward-looking cost model could be used to
identify areas that would be eligible for funding from the Remote Areas
Fund, it believes the Connect America Cost Model developed by the
Bureau potentially could be a useful tool for rate-of-return carriers
to consider where it might be reasonable to extend broadband-capable
infrastructure and for other purposes. The Commission recognizes that
some parties have suggested that further work would be required before
the Connect America Cost Model could be used for any purpose in rate-
of-return territories. At a minimum, the Commission concludes it should
be updated to incorporate the new study area boundaries data that the
Bureau recently collected before it can be used for regulatory purposes
in rate-of-return territories. The Commission therefore directs the
Bureau to undertake further work to update the Connect America Cost
Model to incorporate study boundary data, and such other adjustments as
may be appropriate.
48. In this regard, the Commission recognizes that a larger
percentage of locations in rate-of-return areas lie above the likely
extremely high-cost threshold identified by the Bureau in its recent
order adopting inputs for the forward-looking cost model for the offer
of support to price cap carriers. Commenters expressing concern about
the use of the model for determining rate-of-return areas that would be
served by the Remote Areas Fund appear to assume that such extremely
high-cost areas would only be served by the Remote Areas Fund, and that
existing support for those areas would be eliminated. The Commission
emphasizes that it has made no decisions regarding how the Remote Areas
Fund might be implemented in those areas of the country where the
incumbent provider is a rate-of-return carrier. Classification of a
rate-of-return area as extremely high-cost under the forward-looking
model does not mean that support would only be available from the
Remote Areas Fund.
49. Finally, the Commission notes that our decision today does not
change support under the existing support mechanisms for rate-of-return
carriers, nor does it impact existing broadband service in extremely
high-cost areas. Rather, the Commission issues this declaratory ruling
so that carriers can make efficient and prudent investments going
forward in the near term, while the Commission considers the issues
raised in the FNPRM. As parties have recognized, rate-of-return
carriers are free today to deploy alternative technologies, or resell
satellite service, in areas determined to be beyond a reasonable
request for the extension of fiber, in order to meet customer demand.
IV. Order
A. Delayed Implementation of Section 54.318(b)
50. On March 20, 2014, the Bureau announced that the average local
end-user rate plus state regulated fees of the surveyed incumbent LECs
in urban areas is $20.46. In addition, the Bureau requested comment on
a petition filed by the Eastern Rural Telecom Association (ERTA),
Independent Telephone & Telecommunications Alliance (ITTA), NTCA, the
National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA), the United States Telecom
Association (USTelecom), and WTA--Advocates for Rural Broadband
requesting that the deadline for compliance with the 2014 local service
rate floor be extended from July 1, 2014 to January 2, 2015, and that
subsequent adjustments to the rate floor should then be made annually
on January 2.
51. Under section 54.313(h), the $20.46 rate floor goes into effect
on July 1, 2014, and all incumbent ETCs are required to report their
rates to the Universal Service Administrative Company (USAC) for the
number of lines for which ``the sum of those rates and fees are below
the rate floor.'' Pursuant to section 54.318(b), any incumbent ETC
whose rate for local service plus state regulated fees is below the
rate floor shall have its ``high-cost support reduced by an amount
equal to the extent to which its rates for residential local service
plus state regulated fees are below the local urban rate floor,
multiplied by the number of lines for which it is receiving support.''
52. No parties opposed the Associations' Petition. On reply,
commenters overwhelmingly supported an extension of the deadline to
comply with the 2014 local service rate floor. In support of the
extension, commenters note that there would be roughly sixty days for
incumbent LECs currently at the $14 benchmark to take steps to adjust
rates to be consistent with the 2014 local service rate floor, which
may require a full local rate proceeding before state regulators.
Commenters also suggest that carriers will need sufficient time to
minimize the impact of the rate increase on consumers and complete
other necessary modifications. In addition to overwhelmingly supporting
a delay in the implementation of the rule, commenters suggest that a
phase-in of the 2014 local service rate floor is appropriate and
necessary to mitigate the risk of rate shock for consumers. While
comments vary on the appropriate phase-in, two associations argued that
an annual increase capped at roughly $2.00 would be acceptable. In
addition, several commenters ask the Commission to re-evaluate the
local service rate floor as a general matter, suggesting that capping
the annual increase in the local rate service floor would not impact
the high-cost budget adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation Order or
affect the universal service fund contribution factor. The National
Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners (NARUC) filed a
petition asking the Commission to (1) maintain the current benchmark
($14) pending release of information
[[Page 39171]]
regarding the data and methodology that produced the $20.46 rate, and
(2) to seek comment on how to calculate the benchmark. Finally, the
Maine Office of Public Advocate argues that ``a carrier should receive
full universal service high cost support for each Lifeline customer
served even if that customer's monthly rate is a rate that is below the
Rate Floor.''
53. Discussion. Initially, the Commission notes that support under
the federal high-cost program historically has been provided to high-
cost areas to ensure reasonable comparability of rates between urban
and rural areas without consideration of the relative income levels in
such areas; the program has not been designed to provide differing
amounts of high-cost support for areas with lower incomes. Rather,
other Commission mechanisms--specifically, the Lifeline program--are
the primary means by which the Commission seeks to ensure that rates
are affordable for low-income households. The underlying purpose of the
rate floor is one of fairness: ``The Commission does not believe it is
equitable for consumers across the country to subsidize the cost of
service for some consumers that pay local service rates that are
significantly lower than the national urban average.'' As the
Commission explained in adopting the rate floor in 2011, ``[i]t is
inappropriate to provide federal high-cost support to subsidize local
rates beyond what is necessary to ensure reasonable comparability.
Doing so places an undue burden on the Fund and consumers that pay into
it.'' The results of the urban rate survey show there is significant
variation among the states in the local rates charged to residential
consumers; nonetheless, in many states, residential consumers are
paying $25 or more per month for local service. To the extent that
individual states wish to maintain intrastate rates significantly lower
than the national urban average, they are free to do so. This rule
merely prevents them from doing so in a manner that would burden
ratepayers nationwide.
54. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission
``anticipate[d] that the rate floor for the third year will be set at a
figure close to the sum of $15.62 plus state regulated fees.'' To
mitigate the impact of the implementation of the rate floor and provide
time to implement a new rate survey, the Commission concluded that the
rate floor should be phased in over several years: $10 beginning July
1, 2012, $14 beginning July 1, 2013, and then the average urban rate,
as determined from data in the Urban Rates Survey, beginning July 1,
2014. Its goal in adopting a multi-year transition was ``to avoid a
flash cut that would dramatically affect either carriers or the
consumers they serve.''
55. For 2014, the Bureau's survey determined that the average urban
rate is $19.81 plus $0.65 in state fees (a total of $20.46). Because
the survey average for flat-rate local service is more than four
dollars higher than the Commission anticipated, the Commission agrees
with commenters that a more gradual approach to the reductions to
universal service support under section 54.318(b) is warranted, and
waiver of this rule is appropriate.
56. Therefore, the Commission waives the application of section
54.318(b) for lines reported July 1, 2014, with a rate of $14 or above.
Commencing January 2, 2015 (reflecting rates as of December 1, 2014),
and thereafter, through June 30, 2016, the Commission waives section
54.318(b) to the extent reported lines are less than $16. For the
period between July 1, 2016, and June 30, 2017, it waives section
54.318(b) to the extent reported rates are less than $18, or the 2016
rate floor, whichever is lower. For the period between July 1, 2017,
and June 30, 2018, we waive section 54.318(b) to the extent reported
rates are less than $20, or the 2017 rate floor, whichever is lower.
The Commission believes that this four-year transition should provide
sufficient time for carriers and state commissions to determine whether
and how to make adjustments, without unreasonable effects on carriers
and consumers. Further, because the Commission is extending
implementation of the support reductions associated with the next rate
floor until July 2016, it does not believe that it is necessary to
change the annual date on which the annual rate floor goes into effect.
Because ETCs otherwise are required to submit their annual reports on
July 1 each year, the Commission thinks it will be easier to keep the
rate floor effective date consistent with these other filings. The
Commission leaves flexibility to the affected parties to determine
whether and, if they seek to adjust their rates, how to do so over the
next four years. The Commission emphasizes, however, that nothing in
our rules requires carriers affected by the rate floor to adjust their
local rates.
57. While the Commission understands some parties are concerned
about significant rate hikes, it is not convinced based on the
information before us that implementation of the approach adopted
herein will lead to widespread rate hikes. Our experience with the
implementation of the rule thus far suggests that not all carriers will
raise rates to meet the rate floor. The $14 rate floor went into effect
on July 1, 2013, and carriers have now had two opportunities to report
the number of lines below that rate floor. The rate floor increased
from $10 in 2012 to $14 in 2013, a 40 percent increase. When this
occurred, interested parties were largely silent and voiced little
opposition. The Commission notes that three-quarters of the lines
subject to support reductions this year (based on the rates in effect
on December 1, 2013) were price cap carrier lines, while one-quarter of
the lines affected were reported by rate-of-return carriers. The fact
that many carriers continue to report some lines with rates well below
the $14 rate floor suggests that they may have made a business decision
to grandfather the lower rates for those customers and accept the
associated support reductions. Indeed, the Commission notes that more
than two years after the Commission adopted the $14 rate floor to be
implemented in 2013, carriers in 34 study areas in 16 states still are
reporting a number of lines with residential local service charges of
$5 or less, further reinforcing our view that individual carriers may
choose not to raise rates in response to the current rate floor. The
Commission therefore can predict that, although there could be
increases in some rates, it is unlikely that there will be a
significant number of dramatic increases.
58. In response to the NARUC petition, the Commission notes that
the Bureau has posted on the Commission's Web site the data used to
develop the rate floor with explanatory notes, effectively granting
that aspect of NARUC's petition. Moreover, the Commission also notes
that our action today to phase-in the effect of the rule over a four-
year period effectively responds to NARUC's suggestion that ``at a
minimum, delay and perhaps a phasing in of the new floor is
warranted.'' NARUC also suggests that the Commission should seek
comment on how to calculate the benchmark. In the Rate Floor Order, 78
FR 29063, May 17, 2013, the Bureau clearly explained that the sample
would be drawn using FCC Form 477 data from fixed terrestrial providers
in urban census tracts, and that the average urban rate would be
calculated based on the non-promotional rate for stand-alone voice
service. To the extent that NARUC is challenging that methodology, its
request is an untimely petition for reconsideration of the Rate Floor
Order. If the intent of NARUC's petition is to challenge the Bureau's
decision to use
[[Page 39172]]
only incumbent LEC data in computing the average urban rate, we note
that this decision resulted in a lower rate floor than would have
resulted if the Bureau had used the data from all providers. Therefore,
seeking comment on that aspect of the methodology would not advance
NARUC's objective, and the Commission see no other reason to do so. The
Commission therefore grants in part and deny in part NARUC's petition.
59. The Commission is not persuaded by arguments that it should
artificially cap the 2014 rate floor to be a figure lower than what was
calculated by the rate survey. The rate floor rule is separate from the
rule requiring reductions in support for rates below the rate floor;
there is no reason why it is necessary to ``cap'' the rate floor
itself.
60. The Commission does not waive section 54.313(h) of our rules.
The announced urban rate floor is $20.46; incumbent ETCs must report
their rates to USAC to the extent that their rates plus state fees are
below this amount. Having information regarding ETC rates below the
urban rate floor will facilitate our ability over the next four years
to monitor the impact of this rule on carriers and consumers. Effective
July 1, 2016, the rate floor will be determined by the next urban rate
survey. The Commission directs the Bureau to conduct the next survey in
sufficient time to announce the results in early 2015 and to announce
the 2016 rate floor no later than January 31, 2016.
61. The Commission agrees with the Maine Office of Public Advocate
that a carrier should not be subject to universal service support
reductions as a result of the rate floor for those lines provided to
Lifeline customers. The Commission has consistently emphasized its
commitment to ensuring that its reforms do not negatively impact
Lifeline customers. The Commission therefore waives application of
section 54.318(i) for lines provided to customers enrolled in the
Lifeline program. The Commission concludes that allowing carriers to
maintain rate plans that are priced below the rate floor for Lifeline
subscribers strikes the appropriate balance between ensuring that
consumers across America are not funding below-average rates for
selected consumers, while providing targeted relief to ensure this rule
does not negatively impact Lifeline subscribers. Therefore, the
Commission waives section 54.318(i) and direct USAC to take steps to
ensure there will be no reductions in high-cost support for lines
provided to customers enrolled in the Lifeline program.
62. The Commission declines to reconsider the adoption of a rate
floor. Such requests effectively are untimely petitions for
reconsideration of the original decision in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order to adopt the rate floor. The Commission denied petitions for
reconsideration of the adoption of the rate floor in the Third Order on
Reconsideration. Moreover, as noted above, the Commission adopted the
rate floor as a matter of fairness to ensure that consumers throughout
the country do not support consumers and states with very low rates.
While parties may disagree with the particular operation of the current
rule, that does not change the fact that consumers across the country
otherwise would be continuing to subsidize, through federal universal
service support, excessively low rates in some areas. As explained
above, in no sense does this policy require carriers to raise their
rates, nor does it preclude states from subsidizing low prices through
their own universal-service mechanisms. The Commission thus continues
to believe that the rate floor is necessary to maintain fairness in the
universal service support mechanism and accordingly grant in part and
deny in part the Associations' Petition to the extent described herein.
B. Waiver of Fees for Study Area Boundary Waivers
63. The Commission's rules require carriers filing petitions for
waiver of the study area boundary freeze to submit a $7,990 application
fee with their petitions. Historically, the Commission has imposed
application fees to recoup a portion of the direct cost it incurs to
provide specific services to individuals and companies. The $7,990 fee
is a uniform fee that applies to all petitions for waiver of Part 32
accounting rules, Part 36 separations rules, Part 43 reporting
requirements, Part 64 cost allocation rules, Part 65 rate of return
rules, and Part 69 access charge rules.
64. Discussion. In response to informal inquiries from state
commissions and others, the Commission now waives on our own motion the
$7,990 application fee for carriers seeking a study area waiver to
transfer lines below the exchange level. The Commission notes that the
Bureau generally considers petitions seeking to transfer lines at the
sub-exchange level as routine. This burden and cost has been reduced
even further by the streamlined study area boundary freeze waiver
process instituted in the USF/ICC Transformation Order. The
administrative burden and cost associated with reviewing these
petitions and issuing decisions, therefore, is relatively small, while
the amount of the fee is a deterrent to transferring lines at the sub-
exchange level. Accordingly, there is good cause to grant this limited
waiver.
V. Memorandum Opinion and Order
65. In this section, the Commission addresses two applications for
review of the Bureau's Phase II Service Obligations Order related to
the requirements for a provider to be designated an unsubsidized
competitor. Alaska Communications Systems (ACS) requests review of the
Bureau's statement that it will consider challenges to a competitor's
unsubsidized status even if that competitor is receiving high-cost
support that is being phased out. The National Cable and
Telecommunications Association (NCTA) requests review of the decision
to use the same criteria for determining whether a provider is an
unsubsidized competitor as are used in setting the obligations for
Phase II funding recipients. For the reasons set forth below, the
Commission denies ACS's application, and it dismisses NCTA's
application. The Commission concludes that it is appropriate for the
Bureau to commence the Phase II challenge process under the framework
established in the Phase II Service Obligations Order.
66. In the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission decided
that all ETCs ``will be required to offer broadband service in their
supported areas that meets certain basic performance requirements.'' In
setting those performance requirements for Phase II model-based funding
recipients, the Commission stated that those recipients must ``offer
broadband at actual speeds of at least 4 Mbps downstream and 1 Mbps
upstream, with latency suitable for real-time applications, such as
VoIP, and with usage capacity reasonably comparable to that available
in comparable offerings in urban areas,'' offered at rates that are
reasonably comparable to the rates offered in urban areas. In
determining the areas that will be eligible for Connect America Phase
II support, the Commission stated that it will ``exclude areas where an
unsubsidized competitor offers broadband service that meets the [above-
mentioned] broadband performance requirements.'' The task of assigning
quantifiable metrics to the Commission's general performance criteria,
both for Phase II recipients and for unsubsidized competitors, was
delegated to the Bureau.
67. In the Phase II Service Obligations Order, the Bureau
implemented the Commission's direction that Connect America Phase II
funding recipients
[[Page 39173]]
meet certain performance criteria. The Bureau specified the performance
metrics that would be required of recipients of Phase II model-based
support. The Bureau also specified how those criteria would be used in
determining what areas would be considered served by an unsubsidized
competitor, and therefore ineligible for support. The Bureau noted
that, per the Commission's direction, ``an unsubsidized competitor must
be offering broadband and voice service that would meet the
Commission's requirements for price cap carriers receiving model-based
support.'' Thus, in order to qualify as an unsubsidized competitor, a
provider must offer broadband with speeds of 4 Mbps downstream and 1
Mbps upstream (4 Mbps/1 Mbps), roundtrip provider network latency of
100 ms or less, minimum usage allowances of at least 100 GB per month,
and pricing that is reasonably comparable to that in urban areas.
A. ACS Application for Review
68. In the Phase II Service Obligations Order, the Bureau stated
that it would ``presume that any recipient of high-cost support at the
time the challenge process is conducted'' would not meet the definition
of ``unsubsidized competitor,'' but it would ``entertain challenges to
that presumption from any competitive [ETC] that otherwise meets or
exceeds the performance standards established [for price cap carriers
accepting model-based support] and whose high-cost support is scheduled
to be eliminated during the five-year term of Phase II.'' It further
stated that this would ``provide an opportunity for the Commission to
consider whether to waive application of the `unsubsidized' element of
the unsubsidized competitor definition in situations that would result
in Phase II support being used to overbuild an existing broadband-
capable network.''
69. ACS requests that the Commission review and reverse the
Bureau's decision. For the reasons discussed below, the Commission
denies ACS's application.
70. The USF/ICC Transformation Order states, ``[i]n determining the
areas eligible for support, [the Commission] will also exclude areas
where an unsubsidized competitor offers broadband service that meets
the broadband performance requirements described above, with those
areas determined by the Wireline Competition Bureau as of a specified
future date as close as possible to the completion of the model.'' ACS
argues that allowing a provider to challenge its unsubsidized status
even if it continues to receive support after the start of Phase II
violates the requirement that the determination be made ``as close as
possible to the completion of the model.''
71. The Commission concludes that the Bureau's action falls within
its delegated authority to interpret and implement the requirements of
the unsubsidized competitor rule. ACS's arguments fail for two reasons.
First, while the Commission required that the list of eligible areas be
determined as close as possible to the completion of the cost model,
that does not necessarily translate to a requirement that the
unsubsidized status of a provider be determined based on whether that
provider is receiving funding at the time the cost model is completed.
While the former is a decision made by the Commission, the latter is an
interpretation of what it means to be ``unsubsidized,'' and the
authority to make that interpretation is delegated to the Bureau.
72. Second, ACS's argument is not ripe for our consideration. The
Bureau has not ruled that any and all providers receiving support after
the start of Phase II qualify as unsubsidized. Quite the opposite: the
Bureau presumes such providers are subsidized and requires that they
come forward to present evidence if they wish to challenge that
designation. In light of this, all the Bureau did was provide a
procedural vehicle through which interested parties could--if they so
choose--present certain evidence for consideration. Recognizing that
the Commission delegated to the Bureau the implementation of the
challenge process, the Commission is not persuaded that it was beyond
the Bureau's delegated authority to invite parties to bring such
evidence to the agency's attention.
73. Ultimately, the issue of the Bureau's delegated authority is
moot, however, because the Commission agrees that the Phase II
challenge process is the appropriate venue for parties to present
evidence that they serve areas with a service that meets the standards
established for Phase II, and that those areas should be excluded from
the offer of support to price cap carriers. The Commission therefore
affirms the Bureau's invitation to interested parties to present such
evidence in the challenge process. ACS will suffer no substantial
prejudice by the challenge process proceeding as the Bureau has
outlined, as there will be time to make any final determinations on
this topic based on a full record before the offer of support is
extended. It is appropriate and timely for the Bureau to move forward
with the Phase II challenge process now.
74. To provide all interested parties, including those outside
Alaska, the opportunity to weigh in more broadly on how the Commission
can use Connect America funding most efficiently, it seeks comment more
generally on this topic in the concurrently adopted FNPRM.
Specifically, the Commission proposes to exclude areas with
competitors, whether or not subsidized, from Phase II eligibility in
certain circumstances. Parties are free to raise substantive arguments
in response to the concurrently adopted FNPRM as to whether this
approach would harm universal service. As such, the Commission declines
to address ACS's substantive policy arguments at this time, and it
denies ACS's Application for Review.
B. NCTA Application for Review
75. NCTA challenges the Bureau's determination that the standards
used for Phase II recipients' service obligations will also be used in
assessing whether a provider qualifies as an unsubsidized competitor.
The Commission concludes that the arguments advanced by NCTA are not
appropriate for consideration in an application for review. The
Commission therefore dismisses NCTA's Application for Review.
76. NCTA seeks review of the Bureau's determination that uniform
standards will be used in assessing whether areas are served by
unsubsidized competitors as well as setting the requirements that apply
to recipients of Phase II model-based support. NCTA argues that using
the same standards for both groups will result in wasteful and
inefficient use of universal service funds; that the decision is
tantamount to directly regulating broadband rates, terms, and
conditions; and that unsubsidized competitors should not be held to the
same performance standards as Phase II recipients, but rather should be
evaluated based only on the speed of their offerings.
77. NCTA's arguments constitute an untimely petition for
reconsideration of the decisions made in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, and, therefore, are not proper for an application for review.
The decision for which NCTA seeks review is not an action taken by the
Bureau on delegated authority; therefore, the matter is not properly
addressed in an application for review. In the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission affirmatively decided
[[Page 39174]]
that a uniform standard will apply in determining what areas are served
by an unsubsidized competitor as well as in setting the performance
obligations for recipients of Phase II model-based support. Rather than
constituting a new decision made under delegated authority, the
Bureau's Phase II Service Obligations Order simply implements the
Commission's prior direction to use a uniform standard. Per the
Commission's rules, a party may file an application for review if it is
``aggrieved by any action taken pursuant to delegated authority.'' But
NCTA is not challenging a decision the Bureau made on delegated
authority. Rather, NCTA challenges the Bureau's implementation of a
prior Commission decision. An application for review of a Bureau
decision implementing a Commission directive may not be used as a
vehicle to seek reconsideration of the Commission's earlier decision.
The proper method for challenging the Commission's decision on this
point would have been for NCTA to seek reconsideration of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order. However, the window for filing such a petition
has passed. The Commission therefore dismisses NCTA's Application for
Review of the Phase II Service Obligations Order as improper on the
grounds that the application does not seek review of any Bureau action
taken pursuant to delegated authority; to the extent the filing should
be viewed as a petition for reconsideration of the Commission's
decision in the USF/ICC Transformation Order, it dismisses it as
untimely.
78. The Commission concludes that NCTA's application is
procedurally defective. Therefore, the Commission dismisses NCTA's
Application for Review.
VI. Seventh Order on Reconsideration
79. In this section, the Commission addresses several petitions for
reconsideration of certain aspects of the USF/ICC Transformation Order,
making adjustments where appropriate. First, to provide a more measured
transition for rate-of-return carriers that would have qualified for
SNA support based on their significant network investment, the
Commission permits such carriers to receive SNA for such investments
made in 2010 and 2011. Second, the Commission denies a petition
challenging the imposition of broadband public interest conditions on
recipients of high-cost support, concluding that does not constitute
common carrier regulation. Third, the Commission eliminates the HCLS
benchmarking rule so that carriers' HCLS will no longer be limited by
benchmarks calculated using the QRA methodology.
A. Safety Net Additive
80. When the Commission adopted SNA, the number of access lines was
growing. At that time, the Commission did not anticipate that incumbent
telephone companies would lose access lines as they have over the past
decade. Because incumbent LECs qualified for SNA support by realizing
growth in TPIS on a per-line basis, decreasing access lines resulted in
the majority of carriers receiving SNA support due to significant loss
of lines, rather than significant increases in investment. For example,
in 2009 and 2010, close to sixty percent of incumbent LECs that
qualified for SNA did so because of line loss rather than increased
investment.
81. In the 2011 USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission made
the decision to eliminate and phase out SNA. The Commission found that
the mechanism was not fulfilling its purpose of encouraging
``additional significant investment in telecommunications plant''
because the majority of incumbent carriers qualified for SNA due to
line loss rather than network investment. The Commission decided that
carriers that qualified for SNA support due to a 14 percent or greater
increase in total TPIS over the prior year would continue to receive
support for the full five-year period for which they were eligible. The
Commission concluded that other carriers--i.e., those qualifying for
SNA based on line loss--would have their SNA support phased down by 50
percent in 2012 and completely eliminated in 2013 because such support
was not being paid on the basis of significant investment in
telecommunications plant. Because the Commission eliminated SNA
effective December 29, 2011, carriers that otherwise would have newly
received SNA in 2012 or 2013 based on qualifying investments prior to
the effective date of the Commission's action were no longer eligible
for SNA.
82. Since the release of the USF/ICC Transformation Order, rate-of-
return carriers have urged the Commission to reconsider its decision to
eliminate SNA support. NECA, OPASTCO, and WTA (NECA et al.) also argue
that, rather than eliminating SNA support, the Commission should revise
the qualification requirements for SNA so that only those carriers that
increase their total network investment from year-to-year--i.e.,
carriers that experience total year-over-year, rather than per-line,
TPIS growth--would qualify for SNA support. Both NECA et al. and
USTelecom urge the Commission to extend the SNA phase down schedule for
carriers that qualified for SNA based on line loss. On December 20,
2012, North Central Telephone Cooperative, Inc. (North Central) filed a
petition seeking waiver of the Commission's rules to enable it to
receive SNA support for investments the company made in 2010. North
Central alleges that the decrease in support as a result of the
elimination of SNA has caused it to defer investments that would have
resulted in lower annual operating costs and increased broadband
availability and adoption in very rural areas.
83. Discussion. On reconsideration, the Commission concludes that a
more measured transition for carriers that qualified for SNA based on
investment is appropriate. Specifically, the Commission will allow
carriers that would have qualified for SNA based on increased
investment--an increase of at least 14 percent in their total TPIS in
2010 or 2011--to receive such support. This relief applies only to
carriers that would have qualified for such support based on investment
undertaken in 2010 or 2011 that led to a 14 percent or greater increase
in total TPIS, not carriers that would have qualified due to line loss.
The Commission concludes that providing SNA support for this limited
group of carriers is consistent with our goal of increasing rural
broadband deployment by promoting investment in modern networks.
Moreover, providing SNA for this discrete group of carriers is
consistent with the Commission's goal of ``phas[ing] in reform with
measured but certain transitions, so companies affected by reform have
time to adapt to changing circumstances.'' Because of the relief
granted herein, the Commission dismisses North Central's petition as
moot.
84. The Commission reiterates that carriers are not entitled to
universal service support simply because they may have an expectation
of such support. However, the Commission believes that providing a more
measured transition for carriers is not only consistent with the
original intent of the SNA mechanism, but also furthers the goals of
the USF/ICC Transformation Order, which was intended to expand modern
communications networks in rural communities throughout the country.
85. The Commission notes that our decision, by focusing only on
those carriers who qualify for SNA based on significant network
investments, will have a limited budgetary impact. In 2013, USAC
disbursed approximately
[[Page 39175]]
$20 million in SNA support to eligible carriers. The Commission
estimates that allowing SNA support for carriers qualifying for SNA
based on investment in 2010 and 2011 will result in an increase of
approximately $31.5 million in SNA support in 2014, $12 million
annually in 2015 and 2016, and $4.5 million in 2017.
86. The Commission otherwise finds that parties have presented no
new evidence or raised new arguments that convince us to delay or
reverse the Commission's general decision to eliminate and phase out
SNA. Accordingly, the Commission denies other requests to reconsider
actions relating to SNA.
87. As the Commission explained in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, allowing qualification based on growth in total investment
rather than per line investment, as petitioners suggest, ``would not
address [the Commission's] overarching concern that [SNA] as a whole
does not provide the right incentives for investment in modern
communications networks.'' For example, the rule provided support for
investment in terrestrial wireline networks in extremely high-cost
areas where it may be more cost effective to deploy alternative
technologies. The rule also provided SNA to carriers for investments in
areas served by an unsubsidized competitor. Therefore, simply modifying
the qualification requirement, rather than eliminating SNA altogether,
would fail to provide sufficient assurance that carriers receiving
support in the future would make reasonable or cost-efficient
investments or target these investments to areas that would not
otherwise be served, contrary to the goals of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order.
88. The Commission also declines to alter the phase down of support
for carriers that qualified for SNA due to line loss prior to or during
2009. The phase down adopted by the Commission was part of a total
package of reforms designed to balance the Commission's objectives of
advancing the availability of modern networks capable of supporting
broadband and voice services at reasonably comparable rates and
encouraging efficient investment while minimizing the burden on
consumers and businesses. The Commission found that the SNA mechanism
was not well designed to meet its intended purpose. Extending the phase
down for two additional years would thwart the Commission's reform
goals and reward inefficiency.
89. The Commission also is not persuaded by USTelecom's argument
that it should extend the phase down of SNA support for incumbent rate-
of-return carriers that qualified for SNA support due to line loss to
provide treatment equivalent to that provided to competitive ETCs. In
the USF/ICC Transformation Order, the Commission established a five-
year transition period for competitive ETCs' existing high-cost
universal service support in recognition of the fact that they were
losing all support with the elimination of the identical support rule.
The Commission adopted this phase down to eliminate legacy support
entirely for competitive ETCs. Rate-of-return carriers remain eligible
to receive support from existing high-cost support mechanisms as
reformed by the USF/ICC Transformation Order, as well as CAF-ICC
support. As such, the different approach for competitive ETCs makes
sense in the context of the overall set of reforms.
B. Broadband Public Interest Conditions
90. For price cap carriers, the Commission began the process of
transitioning high-cost support to the Connect America Fund. In Connect
America Phase I, the Commission froze existing high-cost support for
price cap carriers and their rate-of-return affiliates until Connect
America Phase II is implemented. As a condition of receiving this
frozen support, the Commission required price cap carriers to use a
portion of that support ``to build and operate broadband-capable
networks'' necessary ``to offer the provider's own retail broadband
service in areas substantially unserved by an unsubsidized
competitor.''
91. The USF/ICC Transformation Order also implemented a number of
reforms for rate-of-return carriers. Relevant here, the Commission
determined that rate-of-return carriers would continue to receive
support under existing universal service support mechanisms (subject to
some modifications to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of those
mechanisms). As a condition on the continued receipt of high-cost loop
support, interstate common line support, and support from the CAF-ICC
recovery mechanism, the Commission required rate-of-return carriers to
provide broadband service meeting the specified performance
requirements upon reasonable request for service and within a
reasonable amount of time.
92. In its petition for reconsideration, USTelecom claims that the
Commission ``lacks authority'' to condition the receipt of ``legacy''
federal universal support on these broadband public interest
conditions. It argues that these conditions constitute ``common-carrier
regulation,'' and that because broadband is classified as a Title I
information service, the Commission is precluded from imposing such
conditions on support pursuant to section 3(51) of the Act. That
section provides, in relevant part, that ``[a] telecommunications
carrier shall be treated as a common carrier under this [Act] only to
the extent that it is engaged in providing telecommunications
services.''
93. Discussion. The broadband public interest conditions that the
USF/ICC Transformation Order imposes on the receipt of federal
universal service subsidies do not constitute a per se common carrier
obligation. After the USF/ICC Transformation Order, as before, carriers
or their affiliated Internet Service Providers are free to offer or
decline to sell broadband Internet access service to any end user.
Carriers need not hold themselves out to offer service indiscriminately
to anyone. Instead, carriers only have to provide broadband service to
a customer if the carrier seeks designation as an ETC from a state
commission or the FCC and requests federal subsidies. As such, the USF/
ICC Transformation Order imposes funding conditions, not
``regulation''--and certainly not a per se common carrier obligation.
Indeed, as the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit has
explained, conditions placed on the receipt of federal universal
service subsidies--even though they may be similar to the duties
imposed on common carriers--do not amount to a per se common carrier
obligation because carriers voluntarily assume the conditions in the
first instance and ``retain[] the ability to opt out of them entirely
by declining . . . federal universal service subsidies.'' USTelecom
concedes that price cap carriers ``may decline [Connect America] Phase
I incremental support if they `cannot meet [the Commission's] broadband
deployment requirement' and may decide not to accept [Connect America]
Phase II support.'' The same holds true with respect to legacy
support--price cap carriers have the option of declining legacy high-
cost support if they do not want to comply with the broadband public
interest conditions in the USF/ICC Transformation Order.
94. The Commission is not persuaded by the argument that the
broadband public interest obligations are not a voluntarily assumed
condition on the receipt of federal subsidies because incumbent LECs
cannot recover the costs they incur fulfilling various other regulatory
obligations in the absence of high-cost universal service support and,
therefore, incumbent LECs have no
[[Page 39176]]
choice but to comply with the broadband public interest conditions.
Implicit in this argument is the notion that incumbent LECs are
entitled to universal service subsidies. The Commission considered and
rejected a variation on this argument, which is analogous to a takings
claim, in the USF/ICC Transformation Order. Indeed, consistent with our
view, reviewing courts have uniformly rejected similar entitlement
claims, recognizing that the ``purpose of universal service is to
benefit the customer, not the carrier.''
95. Moreover, all incumbent LECs are subject to regulatory
obligations as incumbents, irrespective of whether they receive high-
cost universal service support. Thus, those obligations, which are
distinct from the universal service objectives of section 254, do not
entitle some subset of incumbent LECs to high-cost universal service
support. Further, incumbent LECs recover the costs associated with many
of those obligations from other sources. Accordingly, the Commission
does not agree that incumbent LECs have no choice but to comply with
the broadband public interest conditions because they will not be able
to recover their costs in the absence of federal subsidies.
96. Likewise, the Commission does not share the view that support
is not `` `sufficient . . . to preserve and advance universal service.'
'' The Commission explained, at length, the basis of its predictive
judgment that federal universal service subsidies would be sufficient
to support both voice and broadband in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, and nothing leads us to reconsider that determination. As the
courts have held, consumers are the intended beneficiaries of universal
service subsidies. Properly viewed from the customer's perspective, the
evidence demonstrates that support is sufficient for purposes of
section 254(b)(5).
97. Marketplace trends since the Commission adopted the USF/ICC
Transformation Order support the Commission's conclusion that support
is sufficient to meet the broadband public interest obligations. For
example, there has been an increase in broadband deployment by
incumbent LECs, both price-cap and rate-of-return carriers. Likewise,
there have been increases in both broadband and telephone penetration
rates since the adoption of the USF/ICC Transformation Order. If
support was insufficient the Commission would expect those rates to
stagnate or decline. The Commission also finds no evidence that the
broadband public interest obligations have proved to be too onerous for
incumbent LECs. To the contrary, since the Commission adopted the USF/
ICC Transformation Order in 2011, only 14 out of the nation's
approximately 740 rate-of-return carriers have sought waivers of
universal service support reductions. Given the dearth of such waiver
requests, the Commission finds no merit to the claim that it's
providing incumbent LECs insufficient support to satisfy the broadband
public interest conditions.
98. Even if the broadband public interest conditions amounted to
regulation, which they do not, they fall far short of a per se common
carrier obligation. The DC Circuit has held that a carrier is ``being
relegated to common carrier status'' if that carrier ``is forced to
offer service indiscriminately and on general terms.'' USTelecom's
petition for reconsideration, which lacks any discussion of how the
broadband public interest conditions are commensurate with a per se
common carrier obligation under Title II of the Act, fails to
demonstrate that those conditions impose such a duty on universal
service support recipients. After the USF/ICC Transformation Order, as
before, providers are free to set their own prices for broadband
service and may charge different rates to different end-user customers.
Indeed, the broadband public interest conditions only require ETCs to
offer broadband service if they request federal subsidies, and then to
do so at rates in rural areas that are ``reasonably comparable'' to
those in urban areas. In other words, ETCs are free to offer their
broadband services on terms they choose, and may offer different
pricing structures to different areas of the country, subject only to
the condition that the rates they offer in rural areas fall within a
``reasonable range of urban rates for reasonably comparable broadband
service.''
99. If, for example, a customer such as a community anchor
institution negotiated terms and pricing for broadband services with an
ETC to address the unique needs of that institution, the USF/ICC
Transformation Order does not then require the ETC to offer those same
terms to any--let alone all--of the ETC's other customers. As such, the
broadband public interest conditions ``leave[] substantial room for
individualized bargaining and discrimination in terms,'' distinguishing
them from common carriage.
C. Elimination of the Benchmarking Rule
100. In the February 2013 Sixth Order on Reconsideration, 78 FR
16808, March 19, 2013, the Commission reconsidered some aspects of the
benchmarking rule. WTA, ERTA, and NECA (the Rural Associations) filed a
petition for reconsideration of that Order. In their petition, the
Rural Associations claim that the current benchmarking methodology
results in unpredictable support and discourages investment in
telecommunications and broadband infrastructure; they urge the
Commission to reconsider its conclusion that the rule produces
predictable support, or use at a minimum benchmarks solely as a trigger
to determine if a carrier's costs require further examination.
101. Subsequently, the Bureau implemented a data collection to
update study area boundaries used in developing the geographical
variables in the regression analysis. In July 2013, the Bureau took
several additional measures to provide greater clarity regarding the
support amounts that rate-of-return carriers would receive in 2014.
102. Discussion. The Commission remains firmly committed to the
goal of ensuring that universal service support is utilized efficiently
to preserve voice and extend broadband-capable networks in high-cost
areas in rural America. As discussed in the USF/ICC Transformation
Order, the Commission has taken steps to reform the universal service
mechanisms that support rate-of-return carriers ``to address the
misaligned incentives'' of the previous regime ``by correcting program
design flaws, extending successful safeguards, ensuring basic fiscal
responsibility, and closing loopholes to ensure our rules reward only
prudent and efficient investment in modern networks.''
103. The Commission now concludes, however, that the benchmarking
rule is not effectively advancing those objectives. When the Commission
adopted the benchmarking rule in the USF/ICC Transformation Order, it
anticipated that the rule would encourage carriers to make fiscally
responsible investments in their infrastructure and that the support
redistributed by the rule would encourage new investment in voice and
broadband-capable networks. Based on our further experience with the
rule, however, the Commission concludes that it is not functioning as
originally intended. Therefore, on reconsideration, the Commission
eliminates the benchmarking rule.
104. The Commission now finds that the rule unintentionally has
encouraged carriers that were not subject to the benchmarks to believe
that they too needed to limit their investment in broadband-capable
networks. This was due in part to the fact that the new rule
[[Page 39177]]
relied on a statistical methodology that was unfamiliar to many
affected stakeholders.
105. The evidence before us does not permit us to draw a firm
conclusion regarding the actual impact of the rule in question; much of
the concern appears to be focused on potential other reforms that might
be implemented in the future. A number of trade associations, carriers,
and consultants have expressed to the Commission that the benchmarking
rule has been discouraging investment. According to the Rural
Associations, 69 percent of the NTCA members that responded to a survey
stated that they were ``postponing or cancelling fixed network
upgrades'' due to ``uncertainty surrounding'' the benchmarking rule and
other reforms in the USF/ICC Transformation Order. On the other hand,
the Bureau's Universal Service Implementation Progress Report noted
that in the year following the April 2012 implementation of the
benchmarking rule, there was a 10 percent increase in the number of
census bocks reported by rate-of-return carriers in which service at
speeds of at least 3 Mbps/768 kbps was available. Investment thus has
continued to occur post-USF/ICC Transformation Order, and we would
expect the steps we take today will lead to even greater investment in
the deployment of next-generation broadband networks.
106. While the Bureau staff and affected stakeholders have
proceeded in good faith to implement the directives of the Commission
in the Sixth Order on Reconsideration, the Commission anticipates it
still would take many months for the Bureau develop new regressions,
seek public input on potential equations, and finalize the methodology
to be used to calculate support in 2014 and beyond. No party has
provided any concrete suggestions as to what standards should be
applied to determine excessive costs if the benchmarking rule were used
as a trigger for further examination of costs. Thus, the Commission
declines to adopt the Rural Associations' suggestion that it use the
QRA as a trigger to determine if a carrier's costs require further
examination, although it is firmly committed to developing standards
for what are reasonable and appropriate investments for rate-of-return
carriers. The Commission now concludes that eliminating the
benchmarking rule at this time is a prudent step that should enable
rate-of-return carriers to evaluate realistically the impact of the
reforms adopted in the USF/ICC Transformation Order on their business
operations and extend broadband-capable infrastructure where
economically appropriate. As a result of this decision, carriers' HCLS
support will no longer be capped by benchmarks calculated using the QRA
methodology. Instead, the Commission is leaving in place the HCLS
mechanism that the Rural Associations themselves argue is predictable,
while it continues to evaluate alternative ways to ensure that rate-of-
return carriers have structural incentives to operate efficiently and
make prudent expenditures with universal service support.
107. With the elimination of the benchmarking rule, carriers' HCLS
support will be distributed as it previously had been prior to the USF/
ICC Transformation Order. Nothing in today's decision disturbs the
other rules governing eligibility for HCLS, such as the HCLS indexed
cap, which limits the total amount of HCLS provided to rate-of-return
carriers and has been in effect for decades. Likewise, the $250 monthly
per-line cap on total high-cost federal universal service support and
the corporate operations expense limitations for ICLS remain in place
for all rate-of-return carriers.
108. The Commission continues to have significant concerns with the
``race to the top'' incentives that exist under the HCLS rule. Given
the perception of and concerns with the benchmarking rule, however, the
Commission concludes it is appropriate to eliminate it while it
considers options to increase incentives for efficient investment of
universal service funds. The Commission will press forward with efforts
to ensure that these funds are disbursed efficiently and in the public
interest. Such efforts are essential if the Commission is to remain
within the budget framework established by a unanimous Commission in
the USF/ICC Transformation Order. The Commission seeks comment in the
concurrently adopted FNPRM on several specific reforms to the existing
support mechanisms for rate-of-return carriers, while inviting
additional proposals that will create an appropriate framework for
network investment and expansion over the longer term.
109. ASTAC and CVTC's Application for Review. The Commission also
takes this opportunity to dismiss ASTAC and CVTC's untimely filed
application for review of the Sixth Order on Reconsideration. The Sixth
Order on Reconsideration was not properly subject to an application for
review, because it was adopted by the Commission and not by the Bureau
on delegated authority. Moreover, even if the Commission were to treat
the application as a petition for reconsideration, it dismisses the
pleading pursuant to section 1.429(d) and (i) of the Commission's
rules. Not only does the application address an issue that is wholly
unrelated to and outside the scope of the Sixth Order on
Reconsideration (the QRA's climate variable), but the application was
also filed 30 days late--petitions for reconsideration must be filed
within 30 days of public notice, and whereas the Sixth Order on
Reconsideration was published in the Federal Register on March 19,
2013, the application for review was not filed until May 18, 2013.
VII. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
110. This document contains new information collection requirements
subject to the PRA. It will be submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review under section 3507(d) of the PRA. OMB, the
general public, and other Federal agencies are invited to comment on
the new information collection requirements contained in this
proceeding. In addition, the Commission notes that pursuant to the
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, it previously sought
specific comment on how the Commission might further reduce the
information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer
than 25 employees. The Commission describes impacts that might affect
small businesses, which includes most businesses with fewer than 25
employees, in the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) in
Appendix C, infra.
B. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
111. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA),
as amended, an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analyses (IRFA) was
incorporated in the Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making (USF/ICC
Transformation FNRPM). The Commission sought written public comment on
the proposals in the USF/ICC Transformation FNRPM, including comment on
the IRFA. The Commission did not receive any relevant comments on the
USF/ICC Transformation FNPRM IRFA. This Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA) conforms to the RFA.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Report and Order, Declaratory
Ruling, and Order
112. The Report and Order adopts several rules to establish the
foundation for the award of support in price cap areas where the price
cap carrier declines the offer of model-based support. Specifically,
the Commission
[[Page 39178]]
concludes that all areas where the average cost per location equals or
exceeds a specified cost benchmark are eligible for Phase II support in
the competitive bidding process. The Commission sets a support term of
10 years for support awarded through the competitive bidding process.
Finally, the Commission permits price cap carriers that decline model-
based support to participate in the competitive bidding process.
113. The Commission also addresses more generally provider
eligibility for support through the competitive bidding process and the
Remote Areas Fund. The Commission permits entities to seek designation
as eligible telecommunications carriers (ETC) after notification they
are winning bidders for the offer of Phase II Connect America funding.
The Commission also concludes that recipients of support through the
competitive bidding process or Remote Areas Fund must certify as to
their financial and technical capabilities to provide the required
services within the specified timeframe in the geographic area for
which they seek support.
114. The Commission issues a declaratory ruling to provide rate-of-
return carriers greater clarity regarding their obligations to extend
broadband service upon reasonable request.
115. In the Order, the Commission phases in support reductions
associated with the 2014 rate floor of $20.46 over a multi-year period
to provide time for incumbent carriers and state commissions to make
any adjustments they deem necessary. In particular, the Commission
defers any support reductions for lines that have rates of $14 or
greater until January 2, 2015. Between January 2, 2015, and June 30,
2016, the Commission implements support reductions only to the extent
rates are below $16; between July 1, 2016 and June 30, 2017, it
implements support reductions only for lines with rates under $18 or
the rate floor established by the 2016 rate survey, whichever is lower;
and between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018, the Commission implements
support reductions only for lines with rates under $20 or the 2017 rate
floor, whichever is lower. Thus, the impact of this rule is phased in
over a four-year period. In addition, the Commission waives any support
reductions associated with lines provided to customers enrolled in the
Lifeline program. This will minimize the effect of rate-floor-related
support reductions on small entities with Lifeline customers.
116. The Commission also reconsiders certain aspects of the USF/ICC
Transformation Order in response to petitions from a variety of
stakeholders. These modifications reflect our continuing commitment in
the universal service reforms to efficiency and creating the
appropriate incentives to invest and operate modern voice and
broadband-capable networks. First, to provide a more measured
transition for rate-of-return carriers that would have qualified under
the prior rules for certain support known as Safety Net Additive (SNA)
based on their significant network investment, the Commission permits
such carriers to receive SNA for such investments made in 2010 and
2011. Second, the Commission eliminates the high-cost loop support
(HCLS) benchmarking rule so that rate-of-return carriers' support will
no longer be limited by benchmarks calculated using quantile regression
analysis (QRA).
117. In addition, the Commission waives the application fees for
carriers seeking a study area waiver to transfer lines below the sub-
exchange level. Prior to this decision, study area waivers required an
application fee of $7,990 regardless of the number of lines involved.
Because the processing of sub-exchange level transfers is now routine,
the burden and cost associated with reviewing these petitions has been
reduced and the application fee, which is a deterrent to transferring
lines, is no longer necessary. The Commission also denies a petition
for reconsideration of the Commission's decision to impose broadband
public interest obligations on recipients of high-cost support, and in
the Memorandum Opinion and Order the Commission dismisses or denies two
applications for review of the Wireline Competition Bureau's (Bureau)
Phase II Service Obligations Order.
2. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response
to the IRFA
118. There were no relevant comments filed that specifically
addressed the rules and policies proposed in the USF/ICC Transformation
FNPRM IRFA.
3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Proposed Rules Will Apply
119. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the rules adopted herein. The RFA generally defines the
term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the terms ``small
business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small governmental
jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' has the same
meaning as the term ``small-business concern'' under the Small Business
Act. A ``small-business concern'' is one which: (1) Is independently
owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and
(3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.
120. Small Businesses. Nationwide, there are a total of
approximately 27.5 million small businesses, according to the SBA.
121. Wired Telecommunications Carriers. The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
which consists of all such companies having 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 3,188 firms in
this category, total, that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
3,144 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees, and 44 firms had
employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus, under this size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered small.
122. Local Exchange Carriers (LECs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically
applicable to local exchange services. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Commission data, 1,307 carriers reported
that they were incumbent local exchange service providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
301 have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of local exchange service are small
entities that may be affected by the rules and policies proposed in the
Order.
123. Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (incumbent LECs). Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has developed a size standard for small
businesses specifically applicable to incumbent local exchange
services. The closest applicable size standard under SBA rules is for
Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 1,307 carriers reported that they were incumbent local
exchange service providers. Of these 1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that most providers of
[[Page 39179]]
incumbent local exchange service are small businesses that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
124. The Commission has included small incumbent LECs in this
present RFA analysis. As noted above, a ``small business'' under the
RFA is one that, inter alia, meets the pertinent small business size
standard (e.g., a telephone communications business having 1,500 or
fewer employees), and ``is not dominant in its field of operation.''
The SBA's Office of Advocacy contends that, for RFA purposes, small
incumbent LECs are not dominant in their field of operation because any
such dominance is not ``national'' in scope. The Commission has
therefore included small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis, although
it emphasizes that this RFA action has no effect on Commission analyses
and determinations in other, non-RFA contexts.
125. Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size standard specifically for these
service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for
the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 1,442 carriers reported that they were
engaged in the provision of either competitive local exchange services
or competitive access provider services. Of these 1,442 carriers, an
estimated 1,256 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 186 have more than
1,500 employees. In addition, 17 carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and all 17 are estimated to have 1,500
or fewer employees. In addition, 72 carriers have reported that they
are Other Local Service Providers. Of the 72, seventy have 1,500 or
fewer employees and two have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that most providers of competitive local
exchange service, competitive access providers, Shared-Tenant Service
Providers, and Other Local Service Providers are small entities that
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
126. Interexchange Carriers (IXCs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a size standard for small businesses specifically
applicable to interexchange services. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to Commission data, 359 companies reported
that their primary telecommunications service activity was the
provision of interexchange services. Of these 359 companies, an
estimated 317 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 42 have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
interexchange service providers are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
127. Prepaid Calling Card Providers. Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
prepaid calling card providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Telecommunications Resellers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 193 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of prepaid calling cards. Of these, an
estimated all 193 have 1,500 or fewer employees and none have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of prepaid calling card providers are small entities that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
128. Local Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 213 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of local resale services. Of
these, an estimated 211 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of local resellers are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
129. Toll Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 881 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of toll resale services. Of
these, an estimated 857 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of toll resellers are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
130. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a size standard for small businesses specifically applicable
to Other Toll Carriers. This category includes toll carriers that do
not fall within the categories of interexchange carriers, operator
service providers, prepaid calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest applicable size standard under
SBA rules is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 284 companies reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was the provision of other toll
carriage. Of these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or fewer employees and
five have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most Other Toll Carriers are small entities that may be
affected by the rules and policies adopted pursuant to the Order.
131. 800 and 800-Like Service Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically
for 800 and 800-like service (toll free) subscribers. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the category Telecommunications
Resellers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. The most reliable source of information
regarding the number of these service subscribers appears to be data
the Commission collects on the 800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to our data, as of September 2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of 888 numbers assigned was
5,588,687; the number of 877 numbers assigned was 4,721,866; and the
number of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736. The Commission does not
have data specifying the number of these subscribers that are not
independently owned and operated or have more than 1,500 employees, and
thus are unable at this time to estimate with greater precision the
number of toll free subscribers that would qualify as small businesses
under the SBA size standard. Consequently, the Commission estimates
that there are 7,860,000 or fewer small entity 800 subscribers;
5,588,687 or fewer small entity 888 subscribers; 4,721,866 or fewer
small entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer small entity 866
subscribers.
132. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Since
2007, the SBA has recognized wireless firms within this new, broad,
economic census category. Prior to that time, such
[[Page 39180]]
firms were within the now-superseded categories of Paging and Cellular
and Other Wireless Telecommunications. Under the present and prior
categories, the SBA has deemed a wireless business to be small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. For this category, census data for 2007
show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 15
had employment of 1000 employees or more. Similarly, according to
Commission data, 413 carriers reported that they were engaged in the
provision of wireless telephony, including cellular service, Personal
Communications Service (PCS), and Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR)
Telephony services. Of these, an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that approximately half or more of these firms can
be considered small. Thus, using available data, the Commission
estimates that the majority of wireless firms can be considered small.
133. Broadband Personal Communications Service. The broadband
personal communications service (PCS) spectrum is divided into six
frequency blocks designated A through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The Commission defined ``small entity'' for
Blocks C and F as an entity that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous calendar years. For Block F, an
additional classification for ``very small business'' was added and is
defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These standards defining ``small entity'' in the
context of broadband PCS auctions have been approved by the SBA. No
small businesses, within the SBA-approved small business size standards
bid successfully for licenses in Blocks A and B. There were 90 winning
bidders that qualified as small entities in the Block C auctions. A
total of 93 small and very small business bidders won approximately 40
percent of the 1,479 licenses for Blocks D, E, and F. In 1999, the
Commission re-auctioned 347 C, E, and F Block licenses. There were 48
small business winning bidders. In 2001, the Commission completed the
auction of 422 C and F Broadband PCS licenses in Auction 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in this auction, 29 qualified as ``small'' or ``very
small'' businesses. Subsequent events, concerning Auction 35, including
judicial and agency determinations, resulted in a total of 163 C and F
Block licenses being available for grant. In 2005, the Commission
completed an auction of 188 C block licenses and 21 F block licenses in
Auction 58. There were 24 winning bidders for 217 licenses. Of the 24
winning bidders, 16 claimed small business status and won 156 licenses.
In 2007, the Commission completed an auction of 33 licenses in the A,
C, and F Blocks in Auction 71. Of the 14 winning bidders, six were
designated entities. In 2008, the Commission completed an auction of 20
Broadband PCS licenses in the C, D, E and F block licenses in Auction
78.
134. Advanced Wireless Services. In 2008, the Commission conducted
the auction of Advanced Wireless Services (``AWS'') licenses. This
auction, which as designated as Auction 78, offered 35 licenses in the
AWS 1710-1755 MHz and 2110-2155 MHz bands (AWS-1). The AWS-1 licenses
were licenses for which there were no winning bids in Auction 66. That
same year, the Commission completed Auction 78. A bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues that exceeded $15 million and
did not exceed $40 million for the preceding three years (``small
business'') received a 15 percent discount on its winning bid. A bidder
with attributed average annual gross revenues that did not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years (``very small business'')
received a 25 percent discount on its winning bid. A bidder that had
combined total assets of less than $500 million and combined gross
revenues of less than $125 million in each of the last two years
qualified for entrepreneur status. Four winning bidders that identified
themselves as very small businesses won 17 licenses. Three of the
winning bidders that identified themselves as a small business won five
licenses. Additionally, one other winning bidder that qualified for
entrepreneur status won 2 licenses.
135. Narrowband Personal Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in 1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ``small businesses'' were entities with
average gross revenues for the prior three calendar years of $40
million or less. Through these auctions, the Commission awarded a total
of 41 licenses, 11 of which were obtained by four small businesses. To
ensure meaningful participation by small business entities in future
auctions, the Commission adopted a two-tiered small business size
standard in the Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order, 65 FR 35843,
June 6, 2000. A ``small business'' is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more than $40 million. A ``very small
business'' is an entity that, together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for the three preceding years of
not more than $15 million. The SBA has approved these small business
size standards. A third auction was conducted in 2001. Here, five
bidders won 317 (Metropolitan Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.
Three of these claimed status as a small or very small entity and won
311 licenses.
136. Paging (Private and Common Carrier). In the Paging Third
Report and Order, 64 FR 33762, June 24, 1999, the Commission developed
a small business size standard for ``small businesses'' and ``very
small businesses'' for purposes of determining their eligibility for
special provisions such as bidding credits and installment payments. A
``small business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $15
million for the preceding three years. Additionally, a ``very small
business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues that are not more
than $3 million for the preceding three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are engaged in Paging or Messaging
Service. Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or fewer employees, and
two have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of paging providers are small entities that
may be affected by our action. An auction of Metropolitan Economic Area
licenses commenced on February 24, 2000, and closed on March 2, 2000.
Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned, 985 were sold. Fifty-seven companies
claiming small business status won 440 licenses. A subsequent auction
of MEA and Economic Area (``EA'') licenses was held in the year 2001.
Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold. One hundred thirty-
two companies claiming small business status purchased 3,724 licenses.
A third auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in each of 175 EAs and
1,328 licenses in all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held in 2003.
Seventy-seven bidders claiming small or very small business status won
[[Page 39181]]
2,093 licenses. A fourth auction, consisting of 9,603 lower and upper
paging band licenses was held in the year 2010. Twenty-nine bidders
claiming small or very small business status won 3,016 licenses.
137. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase I Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase I licensing was conducted
by lotteries in 1992 and 1993. There are approximately 1,515 such non-
nationwide licensees and four nationwide licensees currently authorized
to operate in the 220 MHz band. The Commission has not developed a
small business size standard for small entities specifically applicable
to such incumbent 220 MHz Phase I licensees. To estimate the number of
such licensees that are small businesses, the Commission applies the
small business size standard under the SBA rules applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Under this category,
the SBA deems a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The Commission estimates that nearly all such licensees are
small businesses under the SBA's small business size standard that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
138. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase II Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The Phase II 220 MHz service is
subject to spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz Third Report and Order, 62
FR 15978, April 3, 1997, the Commission adopted a small business size
standard for ``small'' and ``very small'' businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. This small business size standard
indicates that a ``small business'' is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
not exceeding $15 million for the preceding three years. A ``very small
business'' is an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues that do not exceed
$3 million for the preceding three years. The SBA has approved these
small business size standards. Auctions of Phase II licenses commenced
on September 15, 1998, and closed on October 22, 1998. In the first
auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in three different-sized
geographic areas: three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional Economic Area
Group (EAG) Licenses, and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses. Of the 908
licenses auctioned, 693 were sold. Thirty-nine small businesses won
licenses in the first 220 MHz auction. The second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG licenses. Fourteen companies
claiming small business status won 158 licenses.
139. Specialized Mobile Radio. The Commission awards small business
bidding credits in auctions for Specialized Mobile Radio (``SMR'')
geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands to entities
that had revenues of no more than $15 million in each of the three
previous calendar years. The Commission awards very small business
bidding credits to entities that had revenues of no more than $3
million in each of the three previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards for the 800 MHz and 900
MHz SMR Services. The Commission has held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction was
completed in 1996. Sixty bidders claiming that they qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size standard won 263 geographic area
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The 800 MHz SMR auction for the upper
200 channels was conducted in 1997. Ten bidders claiming that they
qualified as small businesses under the $15 million size standard won
38 geographic area licenses for the upper 200 channels in the 800 MHz
SMR band. A second auction for the 800 MHz band was conducted in 2002
and included 23 BEA licenses. One bidder claiming small business status
won five licenses.
140. The auction of the 1,053 800 MHz SMR geographic area licenses
for the General Category channels was conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders
won 108 geographic area licenses for the General Category channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band qualified as small businesses under the $15
million size standard. In an auction completed in 2000, a total of
2,800 Economic Area licenses in the lower 80 channels of the 800 MHz
SMR service were awarded. Of the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed small
business status and won 129 licenses. Thus, combining all three
auctions, 40 winning bidders for geographic licenses in the 800 MHz SMR
band claimed status as small business.
141. In addition, there are numerous incumbent site-by-site SMR
licensees and licensees with extended implementation authorizations in
the 800 and 900 MHz bands. The Commission does not know how many firms
provide 800 MHz or 900 MHz geographic area SMR pursuant to extended
implementation authorizations, nor how many of these providers have
annual revenues of no more than $15 million. One firm has over $15
million in revenues. In addition, the Commission does not know how many
of these firms have 1,500 or fewer employees. The Commission assumes,
for purposes of this analysis, that all of the remaining existing
extended implementation authorizations are held by small entities, as
that small business size standard is approved by the SBA.
142. Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems, previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (``MDS'') and Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (``MMDS'') systems, and ``wireless cable,'' transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide two-way high speed data
operations using the microwave frequencies of the Broadband Radio
Service (``BRS'') and Educational Broadband Service (``EBS'')
(previously referred to as the Instructional Television Fixed Service
(``ITFS'')). In connection with the 1996 BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than $40 million in the previous
three calendar years. The BRS auctions resulted in 67 successful
bidders obtaining licensing opportunities for 493 Basic Trading Areas
(``BTAs''). Of the 67 auction winners, 61 met the definition of a small
business. BRS also includes licensees of stations authorized prior to
the auction. At this time, the Commission estimates that of the 61
small business BRS auction winners, 48 remain small business licensees.
In addition to the 48 small businesses that hold BTA authorizations,
there are approximately 392 incumbent BRS licensees that are considered
small entities. After adding the number of small business auction
licensees to the number of incumbent licensees not already counted, the
Commission finds that there are currently approximately 440 BRS
licensees that are defined as small businesses under either the SBA or
the Commission's rules. The Commission has adopted three levels of
bidding credits for BRS: (i) A bidder with attributed average annual
gross revenues that exceed $15 million and do not exceed $40 million
for the preceding three years (small business) is eligible to receive a
15 percent discount on its winning bid; (ii) a bidder with attributed
average annual gross revenues that exceed $3 million and do not exceed
$15 million for the preceding three years (very small business) is
eligible to receive a 25 percent discount on its winning bid; and (iii)
a bidder with attributed average annual gross
[[Page 39182]]
revenues that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) is eligible to receive a 35 percent discount on its
winning bid. In 2009, the Commission conducted Auction 86, which
offered 78 BRS licenses. Auction 86 concluded with ten bidders winning
61 licenses. Of the ten, two bidders claimed small business status and
won 4 licenses; one bidder claimed very small business status and won
three licenses; and two bidders claimed entrepreneur status and won six
licenses.
143. In addition, the SBA's Cable Television Distribution Services
small business size standard is applicable to EBS. There are presently
2,032 EBS licensees. All but 100 of these licenses are held by
educational institutions. Educational institutions are included in this
analysis as small entities. Thus, the Commission estimates that at
least 1,932 licensees are small businesses. Since 2007, Cable
Television Distribution Services have been defined within the broad
economic census category of Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ``This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in operating and/or providing access
to transmission facilities and infrastructure that they own and/or
lease for the transmission of voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks. Transmission facilities may be based
on a single technology or a combination of technologies.'' The SBA
defines a small business size standard for this category as any such
firms having 1,500 or fewer employees. The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category, which is: all such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 955 firms in this previous category that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 939 firms had employment
of 999 or fewer employees, and 16 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small and may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
144. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses. The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits. The Commission defined a ``small business'' as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding three years.
A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
that are not more than $15 million for the preceding three years.
Additionally, the Lower 700 MHz Band had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural Service Area (``MSA/RSA'')
licenses, identified as ``entrepreneur'' and defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these small size standards. The
Commission conducted an auction in 2002 of 740 Lower 700 MHz Band
licenses (one license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs and one license in
each of the six Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of the 740 licenses
available for auction, 484 licenses were sold to 102 winning bidders.
Seventy-two of the winning bidders claimed small business, very small
business or entrepreneur status and won a total of 329 licenses. The
Commission conducted a second Lower 700 MHz Band auction in 2003 that
included 256 licenses: 5 EAG licenses and 476 Cellular Market Area
licenses. Seventeen winning bidders claimed small or very small
business status and won 60 licenses, and nine winning bidders claimed
entrepreneur status and won 154 licenses. In 2005, the Commission
completed an auction of 5 licenses in the Lower 700 MHz Band,
designated Auction 60. There were three winning bidders for five
licenses. All three winning bidders claimed small business status.
145. In 2007, the Commission reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second Report and Order, 72 FR 48814, August
24, 2007. The 700 MHz Second Report and Order revised the band plan for
the commercial (including Guard Band) and public safety spectrum,
adopted services rules, including stringent build-out requirements, an
open platform requirement on the C Block, and a requirement on the D
Block licensee to construct and operate a nationwide, interoperable
wireless broadband network for public safety users. An auction of A, B
and E block licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band was held in 2008. Twenty
winning bidders claimed small business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that exceed $15 million and do not exceed
$40 million for the preceding three years). Thirty three winning
bidders claimed very small business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that do not exceed $15 million for the
preceding three years). In 2011, the Commission conducted Auction 92,
which offered 16 Lower 700 MHz band licenses that had been made
available in Auction 73 but either remained unsold or were licenses on
which a winning bidder defaulted. Two of the seven winning bidders in
Auction 92 claimed very small business status, winning a total of four
licenses.
146. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses. In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules regarding Upper 700 MHz band
licenses. In 2008, the Commission conducted Auction 73 in which C and D
block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz band were available. Three winning
bidders claimed very small business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that do not exceed $15 million for the
preceding three years).
147. 700 MHz Guard Band Licensees. In the 700 MHz Guard Band Order,
65 FR 17594, April 4, 2000, the Commission adopted a small business
size standard for ``small businesses'' and ``very small businesses''
for purposes of determining their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits and installment payments. A ``small business''
is an entity that, together with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for
the preceding three years. Additionally, a ``very small business'' is
an entity that, together with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues that are not more than $15
million for the preceding three years. An auction of 52 Major Economic
Area (MEA) licenses commenced on September 6, 2000, and closed on
September 21, 2000. Of the 104 licenses auctioned, 96 licenses were
sold to nine bidders. Five of these bidders were small businesses that
won a total of 26 licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz Guard Band
licenses commenced on February 13, 2001 and closed on February 21,
2001. All eight of the licenses auctioned were sold to three bidders.
One of these bidders was a small business that won a total of two
licenses.
148. Cellular Radiotelephone Service. Auction 77 was held to
resolve one group of mutually exclusive applications for Cellular
Radiotelephone Service licenses for unserved areas in New Mexico.
Bidding credits for designated entities were not available in Auction
77. In 2008, the Commission completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service,
designated as Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with one provisionally
winning bid for the unserved area totaling $25,002.
[[Page 39183]]
149. Private Land Mobile Radio (``PLMR''). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial, business, land transportation,
and public safety activities. These radios are used by companies of all
sizes operating in all U.S. business categories, and are often used in
support of the licensee's primary (non-telecommunications) business
operations. For the purpose of determining whether a licensee of a PLMR
system is a small business as defined by the SBA, the Commission uses
the broad census category, Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that a small entity is any such
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. The Commission does not
require PLMR licensees to disclose information about number of
employees, so the Commission does not have information that could be
used to determine how many PLMR licensees constitute small entities
under this definition. The Commission notes that PLMR licensees
generally use the licensed facilities in support of other business
activities, and therefore, it would also be helpful to assess PLMR
licensees under the standards applied to the particular industry
subsector to which the licensee belongs.
150. As of March 2010, there were 424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands below 512 MHz. The Commission
notes that any entity engaged in a commercial activity is eligible to
hold a PLMR license, and that any revised rules in this context could
therefore potentially impact small entities covering a great variety of
industries.
151. Rural Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not adopted a
size standard for small businesses specific to the Rural Radiotelephone
Service. A significant subset of the Rural Radiotelephone Service is
the Basic Exchange Telephone Radio System (BETRS). In the present
context, the Commission will use the SBA's small business size standard
applicable to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite),
i.e., an entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 1,000 licensees in the Rural Radiotelephone Service, and
the Commission estimates that there are 1,000 or fewer small entity
licensees in the Rural Radiotelephone Service that may be affected by
the rules and policies proposed herein.
152. Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not
adopted a small business size standard specific to the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service. The Commission will use SBA's small business
size standard applicable to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity employing no more than 1,500
persons. There are approximately 100 licensees in the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service, and the Commission estimates that almost all of
them qualify as small under the SBA small business size standard and
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
153. Aviation and Marine Radio Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use a very high frequency (VHF)
marine or aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an emergency position-
indicating radio beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency locator
transmitter. The Commission has not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these small businesses. For
purposes of this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business
size standard for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2007, which supersede data contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Most applicants for recreational licenses are individuals.
Approximately 581,000 ship station licensees and 131,000 aircraft
station licensees operate domestically and are not subject to the radio
carriage requirements of any statute or treaty. For purposes of our
evaluations in this analysis, the Commission estimates that there are
up to approximately 712,000 licensees that are small businesses (or
individuals) under the SBA standard. In addition, between December 3,
1998 and December 14, 1998, the Commission held an auction of 42 VHF
Public Coast licenses in the 157.1875-157.4500 MHz (ship transmit) and
161.775-162.0125 MHz (coast transmit) bands. For purposes of the
auction, the Commission defined a ``small'' business as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross
revenues for the preceding three years not to exceed $15 million
dollars. In addition, a ``very small'' business is one that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross revenues
for the preceding three years not to exceed $3 million dollars. There
are approximately 10,672 licensees in the Marine Coast Service, and the
Commission estimates that almost all of them qualify as ``small''
businesses under the above special small business size standards and
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
154. Fixed Microwave Services. Fixed microwave services include
common carrier, private operational-fixed, and broadcast auxiliary
radio services. At present, there are approximately 22,015 common
carrier fixed licensees and 61,670 private operational-fixed licensees
and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the microwave services. The
Commission has not created a size standard for a small business
specifically with respect to fixed microwave services. For purposes of
this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business size standard
for Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. The Commission does not have data specifying
the number of these licensees that have more than 1,500 employees, and
thus is unable at this time to estimate with greater precision the
number of fixed microwave service licensees that would qualify as small
business concerns under the SBA's small business size standard.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that there are up to 22,015
common carrier fixed licensees and up to 61,670 private operational-
fixed licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the
microwave services that may be small and may be affected by the rules
and policies adopted herein. The Commission notes, however, that the
common carrier microwave fixed licensee category includes some large
entities.
155. Offshore Radiotelephone Service. This service operates on
several UHF television broadcast channels that are not used for
television broadcasting in the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently approximately 55 licensees in this
service. The Commission is unable to estimate at this time the number
of licensees that would qualify as small under the SBA's small business
size standard for the category of Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite). Under that SBA small business size standard, a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2007, which supersede data contained in the 2002 Census, show that
there were 1,383 firms that operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus, under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
156. 39 GHz Service. The Commission created a special small
business size
[[Page 39184]]
standard for 39 GHz licenses--an entity that has average gross revenues
of $40 million or less in the three previous calendar years. An
additional size standard for ``very small business'' is: An entity
that, together with affiliates, has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards. The auction of the 2,173
39 GHz licenses began on April 12, 2000 and closed on May 8, 2000. The
18 bidders who claimed small business status won 849 licenses.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
157. Local Multipoint Distribution Service. Local Multipoint
Distribution Service (LMDS) is a fixed broadband point-to-multipoint
microwave service that provides for two-way video telecommunications.
The auction of the 986 LMDS licenses began and closed in 1998. The
Commission established a small business size standard for LMDS licenses
as an entity that has average gross revenues of less than $40 million
in the three previous calendar years. An additional small business size
standard for ``very small business'' was added as an entity that,
together with its affiliates, has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards in the context of LMDS
auctions. There were 93 winning bidders that qualified as small
entities in the LMDS auctions. A total of 93 small and very small
business bidders won approximately 277 A Block licenses and 387 B Block
licenses. In 1999, the Commission re-auctioned 161 licenses; there were
32 small and very small businesses winning that won 119 licenses.
158. 218-219 MHz Service. The first auction of 218-219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses for 594 Metropolitan
Statistical Area (MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557 were won by
entities qualifying as a small business. For that auction, the small
business size standard was an entity that, together with its
affiliates, has no more than a $6 million net worth and, after federal
income taxes (excluding any carry over losses), has no more than $2
million in annual profits each year for the previous two years. In the
218-219 MHz Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order, 64 FR
59656, November 3, 1999, the Commission established a small business
size standard for a ``small business'' as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and persons or entities that hold interests in such an
entity and their affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not to
exceed $15 million for the preceding three years. A ``very small
business'' is defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates
and persons or entities that hold interests in such an entity and its
affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not to exceed $3 million
for the preceding three years. These size standards will be used in
future auctions of 218-219 MHz spectrum.
159. 2.3 GHz Wireless Communications Services. This service can be
used for fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting
satellite uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the
wireless communications services (``WCS'') auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ``very small business'' as an entity with average gross
revenues of $15 million for each of the three preceding years. The SBA
has approved these definitions. The Commission auctioned geographic
area licenses in the WCS service. In the auction, which was conducted
in 1997, there were seven bidders that won 31 licenses that qualified
as very small business entities, and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
160. 1670-1675 MHz Band. An auction for one license in the 1670-
1675 MHz band was conducted in 2003. The Commission defined a ``small
business'' as an entity with attributable average annual gross revenues
of not more than $40 million for the preceding three years and thus
would be eligible for a 15 percent discount on its winning bid for the
1670-1675 MHz band license. Further, the Commission defined a ``very
small business'' as an entity with attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three years and
thus would be eligible to receive a 25 percent discount on its winning
bid for the 1670-1675 MHz band license. One license was awarded. The
winning bidder was not a small entity.
161. 3650-3700 MHz band. In March 2005, the Commission released a
Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order that provides for
nationwide, non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial operations,
utilizing contention-based technologies, in the 3650 MHz band (i.e.,
3650-3700 MHz). As of April 2010, more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7,433 sites have been registered. The Commission
has not developed a definition of small entities applicable to 3650-
3700 MHz band nationwide, non-exclusive licensees. However, the
Commission estimates that the majority of these licensees are Internet
Access Service Providers (ISPs) and that most of those licensees are
small businesses.
162. 24 GHz--Incumbent Licensees. This analysis may affect
incumbent licensees who were relocated to the 24 GHz band from the 18
GHz band, and applicants who wish to provide services in the 24 GHz
band. For this service, the Commission uses the SBA small business size
standard for the category ``Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),'' which is 1,500 or fewer employees. To gauge small
business prevalence for these cable services we must, however, use the
most current census data. Census data for 2007, which supersede data
contained in the 2002 Census, show that there were 1,383 firms that
operated that year. Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100 employees,
and 15 firms had more than 100 employees. Thus under this category and
the associated small business size standard, the majority of firms can
be considered small. The Commission notes that the Census' use of the
classifications ``firms'' does not track the number of ``licenses''.
The Commission believes that there are only two licensees in the 24 GHz
band that were relocated from the 18 GHz band, Teligent and TRW, Inc.
It is our understanding that Teligent and its related companies have
less than 1,500 employees, though this may change in the future. TRW is
not a small entity. Thus, only one incumbent licensee in the 24 GHz
band is a small business entity.
163. 24 GHz--Future Licensees. With respect to new applicants in
the 24 GHz band, the size standard for ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues for the three preceding years not in excess of
$15 million. ``Very small business'' in the 24 GHz band is an entity
that, together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $3 million for the preceding three years.
The SBA has approved these small business size standards. These size
standards will apply to a future 24 GHz license auction, if held.
164. Satellite Telecommunications. Since 2007, the SBA has
recognized satellite firms within this revised category, with a small
business size standard of $15 million. The most current Census Bureau
data are from the economic census of 2007, and the Commission will use
those figures to gauge the prevalence of small businesses in this
category. Those size standards are for the two census
[[Page 39185]]
categories of ``Satellite Telecommunications'' and ``Other
Telecommunications.'' Under the ``Satellite Telecommunications''
category, a business is considered small if it had $15 million or less
in average annual receipts. Under the ``Other Telecommunications''
category, a business is considered small if it had $25 million or less
in average annual receipts.
165. The first category of Satellite Telecommunications ``comprises
establishments primarily engaged in providing point-to-point
telecommunications services to other establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting industries by forwarding and
receiving communications signals via a system of satellites or
reselling satellite telecommunications.'' For this category, Census
Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a total of 512 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 464 firms had annual
receipts of under $10 million, and 18 firms had receipts of $10 million
to $24,999,999. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of Satellite Telecommunications firms are small entities that
might be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
166. The second category of Other Telecommunications ``primarily
engaged in providing specialized telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications telemetry, and radar station
operation. This industry also includes establishments primarily engaged
in providing satellite terminal stations and associated facilities
connected with one or more terrestrial systems and capable of
transmitting telecommunications to, and receiving telecommunications
from, satellite systems. Establishments providing Internet services or
voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) services via client-supplied
telecommunications connections are also included in this industry.''
For this category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a
total of 2,383 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
2,346 firms had annual receipts of under $25 million. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority of Other Telecommunications
firms are small entities that might be affected by our action.
167. Cable and Other Program Distribution. Since 2007, these
services have been defined within the broad economic census category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 955 firms in this previous category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had employment of 999 or fewer
employees, and 16 firms had employment of 1000 employees or more. Thus,
under this size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small
and may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
168. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has developed its
own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small cable company'' is
one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers, nationwide. Industry data
indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators nationwide, all but eleven are
small under this size standard. In addition, under the Commission's
rules, a ``small system'' is a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer
subscribers. Industry data indicate that, of 7,208 systems nationwide,
6,139 systems have under 10,000 subscribers, and an additional 379
systems have 10,000-19,999 subscribers. Thus, under this second size
standard, most cable systems are small and may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
169. Cable System Operators. The Act also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which is ``a cable operator that,
directly or through an affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1
percent of all subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated
with any entity or entities whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.'' The Commission has determined that an
operator serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Industry data indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under this size standard. The
Commission notes that it neither requests nor collects information on
whether cable system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million, and therefore it is unable to
estimate more accurately the number of cable system operators that
would qualify as small under this size standard.
170. Open Video Services. The open video system (``OVS'') framework
was established in 1996, and is one of four statutorily recognized
options for the provision of video programming services by local
exchange carriers. The OVS framework provides opportunities for the
distribution of video programming other than through cable systems.
Because OVS operators provide subscription services, OVS falls within
the SBA small business size standard covering cable services, which is
``Wired Telecommunications Carriers.'' The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for this category, which is: All such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 955 firms in this previous category that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 939 firms had employment
of 999 or fewer employees, and 16 firms had employment of 1000
employees or more. Thus, under this second size standard, most cable
systems are small and may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the
Order. In addition, the Commission notes that it has certified some OVS
operators, with some now providing service. Broadband service providers
(``BSPs'') are currently the only significant holders of OVS
certifications or local OVS franchises. The Commission does not have
financial or employment information regarding the entities authorized
to provide OVS, some of which may not yet be operational. Thus, again,
at least some of the OVS operators may qualify as small entities.
171. Internet Service Providers. Since 2007, these services have
been defined within the broad economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 3,188
firms in this category, total, that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 3,144 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees, and
44 firms had employment of 1000 employees or more. Thus, under this
[[Page 39186]]
size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small. In
addition, according to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total
of 396 firms in the category Internet Service Providers (broadband)
that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 394 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees, and two firms had employment of
1000 employees or more. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of these firms are small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
172. Internet Publishing and Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
Our action may pertain to interconnected VoIP services, which could be
provided by entities that provide other services such as email, online
gaming, web browsing, video conferencing, instant messaging, and other,
similar IP-enabled services. The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for entities that create or provide these types of services or
applications. However, the Census Bureau has identified firms that
``primarily engaged in (1) publishing and/or broadcasting content on
the Internet exclusively or (2) operating Web sites that use a search
engine to generate and maintain extensive databases of Internet
addresses and content in an easily searchable format (and known as Web
search portals).'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: All such firms having 500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 2,705
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 2,682 firms had employment of 499 or fewer employees, and 23
firms had employment of 500 employees or more. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority of these firms are small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
173. Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services. Entities in
this category ``primarily . . . provid[e] infrastructure for hosting or
data processing services.'' The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for this category; that size standard is $25 million or less
in average annual receipts. According to Census Bureau data for 2007,
there were 8,060 firms in this category that operated for the entire
year. Of these, 7,744 had annual receipts of under $24,999,999.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of these firms
are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
174. All Other Information Services. The Census Bureau defines this
industry as including ``establishments primarily engaged in providing
other information services (except news syndicates, libraries,
archives, Internet publishing and broadcasting, and Web search
portals).'' Our action pertains to interconnected VoIP services, which
could be provided by entities that provide other services such as
email, online gaming, web browsing, video conferencing, instant
messaging, and other, similar IP-enabled services. The SBA has
developed a small business size standard for this category; that size
standard is $7.0 million or less in average annual receipts. According
to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were 367 firms in this category
that operated for the entire year. Of these, 334 had annual receipts of
under $5.0 million, and an additional 11 firms had receipts of between
$5 million and $9,999,999. Consequently, the Commission estimates that
the majority of these firms are small entities that may be affected by
our action.
4. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements
175. In the Report and Order, the Commission requires that entities
participating in the Phase II competitive bidding process and the
Remote Areas Fund certify as to their financial and technical
capabilities to provide the required services within the specified
timeframe in the geographic area for which they seek support.
176. The Commission also makes a procedural rule amendment to
require all ETCs to file their section 54.313 and 54.314 reports and
certifications in WC Docket No. 14-58.
5. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
177. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its approach, which may
include the following four alternatives, among others: (1) The
establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables that take into account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small
entities.
178. The rules that the Commission adopts in the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion and Order, and Seventh
Order on Reconsideration provide flexibility by streamlining certain
processes for all carriers, including small entities. For example, the
Commission permits entities that wish to participate in the Phase II
competitive bidding process to seek ETC designation for the Phase II
competitive bidding process and Remote Areas Fund after being notified
they are winning bidders for the offer of the award of Phase II Connect
America funding. The Commission recognized that some qualified bidders,
including small entities, may be hesitant to invest resources to apply
for an ETC designation prior to the competitive bidding process without
any sense of whether they are likely to be awarded Phase II support.
179. In the Order, the Commission also removes a deterrent for all
carriers, including small carriers, that wish to transfer or acquire
parts of exchanges. The Commission waives on our own motion the $7,990
application fee for carriers filing petitions for waiver of the study
area boundary freeze for transfers at the sub-exchange level. This
change could be especially beneficial to small entities that may have
found the application fee prohibitive. The Order also delays any
support reductions associated with the rate floor rule over a multi-
year period, giving carriers, including small carriers, more time to
adjust to the requirement.
180. The rules that the Commission adopts for the Phase II
competitive bidding process also provide flexibility for all
participants, including small entities, to determine the most cost-
effective way to serve areas where they are awarded support through the
competitive bidding process. By permitting participants to select to
bid on extremely high-cost areas, the Commission permits participants
to build integrated networks that span both types of areas in adjacent
census blocks as appropriate. And by providing a funding term of 10
years (subject to existing requirements and the availability of funds),
the Commission seeks to stimulate greater interest in the competitive
bidding process.
181. The Commission declines to adopt a transition period for
competitive ETCs that receive support through the Phase II competitive
bidding process because competitive ETCs, including small entities,
have the ability to determine the level of support necessary to support
an area through their bid, and thus a transition period is unnecessary.
182. The Commission also takes steps to provide greater certainty
to rate-of-
[[Page 39187]]
return carriers, many of which are small entities. For example, in the
Declaratory Ruling, the Commission clarifies its requirements for rate-
of-return carriers relating to the extension of broadband services upon
reasonable request. And in the Seventh Order on Reconsideration, the
Commission eliminates the HCLS benchmarking rule after finding that the
rule unintentionally has encouraged carriers that were not subject to
the benchmarks to believe that they too needed to limit their
investment in broadband-capable networks. In the Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, the Commission also adopts a more measured transition
for carriers that qualified for SNA based on investment. In the USF/ICC
Transformation Order, the Commission made the decision to eliminate and
phase out SNA effective December 29, 2011. Because there is a two year
lag between when carriers qualify for SNA support and receive support,
this decision precluded carriers that would have qualified for SNA
support in 2010 and 2011, before the Commission's decision to eliminate
SNA, from receiving SNA. The Commission reconsiders this decision and
permit carriers that that would have qualified for SNA in 2010 or 2011
based on an increase in their investment (not due to line loss) to
receive SNA.
6. Report to Congress
183. The Commission will send a copy of the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Memorandum Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, including this FRFA, in a report to be sent to Congress and
the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Small Business
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. In addition, the
Commission will send a copy of the Report and Order, Declaratory
Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of
the Small Business Administration. A copy of the Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Memorandum Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on
Reconsideration, and concurrently adopted Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (or summaries thereof) will also be published in the Federal
Register
VIII. Ordering Clauses
184. Accordingly, it is ordered, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2, 4(i), 5, 201-206, 214, 218-220, 251, 252,
254, 256, 303(r), 332, 403, and 405 of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, and section 706 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, 47
U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 155, 201-206, 214, 218-220, 251, 252, 254,
256, 303(r), 332, 403, 405, 1302, and sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.115,
1.421, 1.427, and 1.429 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.1, 1.2,
1.3, 1.115, 1.421, 1.427, and 1.429, that this Report and Order,
Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion and Order, Seventh Order
on Reconsideration, and the concurrently adopted Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking IS ADOPTED, effective thirty (30) days after
publication of the text or summary thereof in the Federal Register,
except for (1) those rules and requirements involving Paperwork
Reduction Act burdens, which shall become effective immediately upon
announcement in the Federal Register of OMB approval, (2) the waiver of
sections 1.1105, 54.318(b), and 54.318(i) of the Commission's rules to
the extent described herein which shall become effective upon release
pursuant to sections 1.4(b)(2) and 1.103 of the Commission's rules (47
CFR 1.4(b)(2), 1.103), and (3) the elimination of the benchmarking
rule, which shall become effective as of the first month following
publication of a summary of this order in the Federal Register. It is
our intention in adopting these rules that if any of the rules that the
Commission retain, modify, or adopt herein, or the application thereof
to any person or circumstance, are held to be unlawful, the remaining
portions of the rules not deemed unlawful, and the application of such
rules to other persons or circumstances, shall remain in effect to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
185. It is further ordered that Parts 36, 54, and 69 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR Parts 36, 54, and 69, are amended as set
forth in Appendix A, and such rule amendments shall be effective thirty
(30) days after publication of the rules amendments in the Federal
Register, except to the extent they contain information collections
subject to PRA review. The rules that contain information collections
subject to PRA review shall become effective immediately upon
announcement in the Federal Register of OMB approval.
186. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), and section 1.3 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.3, the Petition for Extension of Time
filed by the Eastern Rural Telecom Association, the Independent
Telephone & Telecommunications Alliance, the National Exchange Carrier
Association, NTCA--The Rural Broadband Association, the United States
Telecom Association, and WTA--Advocates for Rural Broadband on March
11, 2014, is granted in part and is denied in part to the extent
described herein.
187. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in section 5(c)(5) of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 155(c)(5), and section 1.115(g) of the Commission's
rules, 47 CFR 1.115(g), the Application for Review filed by Alaska
Communication Systems on November 26, 2013, is denied.
188. It is further ordered that, pursuant to section 5(c)(5) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 155(c)(5), and
section 1.115(g) of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.115(g), the
Application for Review filed by the National Cable and
Telecommunications Association on December 23, 2013, is dismissed.
189. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in section 405 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 405, and section 1.429 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR
1.429, the Petition for Reconsideration and Clarification filed by the
National Exchange Carrier Association, Inc., the Organization for the
Promotion and Advancement of Small Telecommunications Companies, and
the Western Telecommunications Alliance on December 29, 2011, is
granted in part and denied in part to the extent described herein.
190. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in section 405 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 405, and section 1.429 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR
1.429, the Petition for Reconsideration filed by the United States
Telecom Association on December 29, 2011, is denied in part to the
extent described herein.
191. It is further ordered that the petition for waiver of section
36.605 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 36.605, eliminating
eligibility of local exchange carriers to receive Safety Net Additive
support with respect to qualifying investments made during the year
2010, filed by North Central Telephone Cooperative, Inc. on December
20, 2012, is dismissed as described herein.
192. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in section 405 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 405, and section 1.429 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR
1.429, the Petition for Reconsideration filed by the Western
[[Page 39188]]
Telecommunications Alliance, The Eastern Rural Telecom Association, and
the National Exchange Carrier Association on April 18, 2013, is granted
to the extent described herein.
193. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 5 and 405 of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 155(c), 405, and sections 1.115 and 1.429 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.115, 1.429, the Application for Review
filed by Arctic Slope Telephone Association Cooperative, Inc. and
Copper Valley Telephone Cooperative on May 20, 2013 and dated May 18,
2013, is dismissed as described herein.
194. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2, and 4(i), and 405 of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), 405, and sections 1.3
and 1.429 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.3, 1.429, the petition
filed by the National Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners
on April 15, 2014 is granted in part and denied in part to the extent
described herein.
195. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), and sections 1.3,1.4(b)(2), and
1.103 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.3, 1.4(b)(2), 1.103 on our
own motion, section 1.1105 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.1105 is
waived to the extent described herein effective upon release.
196. It is further ordered that, pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2, and 4(i) of the Communications Act of 1934,
as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i), and sections 1.3, 1.4(b)(2),
and 1.103 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.3, 1.4(b)(2), 1.103,
sections 54.318(b) and 54.318(i) of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR
54.318(b), (i) are waived to the extent described herein effective upon
release.
197. It is further ordered that the Commission shall send a copy of
this Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum Opinion
and Order, Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and concurrently adopted
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to Congress and the Government
Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5
U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
198. It is further ordered, that the Commission's Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a
copy of this Report and Order, Declaratory Ruling, Order, Memorandum
Opinion and Order, Seventh Order on Reconsideration, and concurrently
adopted Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, including the Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and the Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 36
Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telephone, Uniform System of Accounts.
47 CFR Part 54
Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications, Telephone.
47 CFR Part 69
Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
Final Rule
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 36, 54, and 69 as
follows:
PART 36--JURISDICTIONAL SEPARATIONS PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES
FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES,
EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES
0
1. The authority citation for part 36 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i) and (j), 205, 221(c), 254,
303(r), 403, 410, and 1302 unless otherwise noted.
Subpart F--[Removed and Reserved]
0
2. Remove and reserve subpart F, consisting of Sec. Sec. 36.601,
36.603 through 36.605, 36.611 through 36.613, 36.621, 36.622 and
36.631.
PART 54--UNIVERSAL SERVICE
0
3. The authority citation for part 54 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 201, 205, 214, 219, 220, 254,
303(r), 403, and 1302 unless otherwise noted.
0
4. Amend Sec. 54.302 by revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.302 Monthly per-line limit on universal service support.
* * * * *
(b) For purposes of this section, universal service support is
defined as the sum of the amounts calculated pursuant to Sec. Sec.
54.1304 and 54.1310, and Sec. Sec. 54.305, and 54.901 through 54.904.
Line counts for purposes of this section shall be as of the most recent
line counts reported pursuant to Sec. 54.1306(i).
* * * * *
0
5. Amend Sec. 54.305 by revising paragraphs (d) and (e) to read as
follows:
Sec. 54.305 Sale or transfer of exchanges.
* * * * *
(d) Transferred exchanges in study areas operated by rural
telephone companies that are subject to the limitations on loop-related
universal service support in paragraph (b) of this section may be
eligible for a safety valve loop cost expense adjustment based on the
difference between the rural incumbent local exchange carrier's index
year expense adjustment and subsequent year loop cost expense
adjustments for the acquired exchanges. Safety valve loop cost expense
adjustments shall only be available to rural incumbent local exchange
carriers that, in the absence of restrictions on high-cost loop support
in paragraph (b) of this section, would qualify for high-cost loop
support for the acquired exchanges under Sec. 54.1310.
(1) For carriers that buy or acquire telephone exchanges on or
after January 10, 2005, from an unaffiliated carrier, the index year
expense adjustment for the acquiring carrier's first year of operation
shall equal the selling carrier's loop-related expense adjustment for
the transferred exchanges for the 12-month period prior to the transfer
of the exchanges. At the acquiring carrier's option, the first year of
operation for the transferred exchanges, for purposes of calculating
safety valve support, shall commence at the beginning of either the
first calendar year or the next calendar quarter following the transfer
of exchanges. For the first year of operation, a loop cost expense
adjustment, using the costs of the acquired exchanges submitted in
accordance with Sec. Sec. 54.1305 and 54.1306, shall be calculated
pursuant to Sec. 54.1310 and then compared to the index year expense
adjustment. Safety valve support for the first period of operation will
then be calculated pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section. The
index year expense adjustment for years after the first year of
operation shall be determined using cost data for the first year of
operation
[[Page 39189]]
of the transferred exchanges. Such cost data for the first year of
operation shall be calculated in accordance with Sec. Sec. 54.1305,
54.1306, and 54.1310. For each year, ending on the same calendar
quarter as the first year of operation, a loop cost expense adjustment,
using the loop costs of the acquired exchanges, shall be submitted and
calculated pursuant to Sec. Sec. 54.1305, 54.1306, and 54.1310 and
will be compared to the index year expense adjustment. Safety valve
support for the second year of operation and thereafter will then be
calculated pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(2) For carriers that bought or acquired exchanges from an
unaffiliated carrier before January 10, 2005, and are not subject to
the exception in paragraph (c) of this section, the index year expense
adjustment for acquired exchange(s) shall be equal to the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier's high-cost loop expense adjustment
for the acquired exchanges calculated for the carrier's first year of
operation of the acquired exchange(s). At the carrier's option, the
first year of operation of the transferred exchanges shall commence at
the beginning of either the first calendar year or the next calendar
quarter following the transfer of exchanges. The index year expense
adjustment shall be determined using cost data for the acquired
exchange(s) submitted in accordance with Sec. Sec. 54.1305 and 54.1306
and shall be calculated in accordance with Sec. 54.1310. The index
year expense adjustment for rural telephone companies that have
operated exchanges subject to this section for more than a full year on
August 8, 2014 shall be based on loop cost data submitted in accordance
with Sec. 54.1306 for the year ending on the nearest calendar quarter
following August 8, 2014. For each subsequent year, ending on the same
calendar quarter as the index year, a loop cost expense adjustment,
using the costs of the acquired exchanges, will be calculated pursuant
to Sec. 54.1310 and will be compared to the index year expense
adjustment. Safety valve support is calculated pursuant to paragraph
(d)(3) of this section.
(3) Up to fifty (50) percent of any positive difference between the
transferred exchanges loop cost expense adjustment and the index year
expense adjustment will be designated as the transferred exchange's
safety valve loop cost expense adjustment and will be available in
addition to the per-line loop-related support transferred from the
selling carrier to the acquiring carrier pursuant to paragraph (b) of
this section. In no event shall a study area's safety valve loop cost
expense adjustment exceed the difference between the carrier's study
area loop cost expense adjustment calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1310
and transferred support amounts available to the acquired exchange(s)
under paragraph (b) of this section. Safety valve support shall not
transfer with acquired exchanges.
(e) The sum of the safety valve loop cost expense adjustment for
all eligible study areas operated by rural telephone companies shall
not exceed five (5) percent of the total rural incumbent local exchange
carrier portion of the annual nationwide loop cost expense adjustment
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1302. The five (5) percent cap on the
safety valve mechanism shall be based on the lesser of the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier portion of the annual nationwide loop
cost expense adjustment calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1302 or the sum
of rural incumbent local exchange carrier expense adjustments
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1310. The percentage multiplier used to
derive study area safety valve loop cost expense adjustments for rural
telephone companies shall be the lesser of fifty (50) percent or a
percentage calculated to produce the maximum total safety valve loop
cost expense adjustment for all eligible study areas pursuant to this
paragraph. The safety valve loop cost expense adjustment of an
individual rural incumbent local exchange carrier also may be further
reduced as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
* * * * *
0
6. Amend Sec. 54.310 by revising paragraphs (a) and (b) and adding
paragraphs (e) and (f) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.310 Connect America Fund for Price Cap Territories--Phase II.
(a) Geographic areas eligible for support. Connect America Phase II
support may be made available for census blocks or other areas
identified as eligible by public notice, including locations identified
by the forward-looking cost model as extremely high-cost. The number of
supported locations will be identified for each area eligible for
support will be identified by public notice.
(b) Term of support. Connect America Phase II model-based support
shall be provided to price cap carriers that elect to make a state-wide
commitment for five years. Connect America Phase II support awarded
through a competitive bidding process shall be provided for ten years.
* * * * *
(e) Provider eligibility. Any eligible telecommunications carrier
is eligible to receive Connect America Phase II support in eligible
areas.
(1) An entity may obtain eligible telecommunications carrier
designation after public notice of winning bidders in a competitive
bidding process for the offer of Phase II Connect America support. An
applicant in the competitive bidding process shall certify that it is
financially and technically qualified to provide the services supported
by Connect America Phase II in order to receive such support.
(2) To the extent an applicant in the competitive bidding process
seeks eligible telecommunications carrier designation prior to public
notice of winning bidders for Phase II Connect America support, its
designation as an eligible telecommunications carrier may be
conditional subject to the receipt of Phase II Connect America support.
(f) Transition to model-based support. Eligible telecommunications
carriers electing model-based support in states where that support is
less than their Phase I frozen support will transition to model-based
support as follows: In addition to model-based support, in the first
year of Phase II, they will receive 75% of the difference between Phase
I frozen support and model-based support; in the second year of Phase
II, they will receive 50% of the difference between Phase I frozen
support and model-based support; and in the third year of Phase II,
they will receive 25% of the difference between Phase I frozen support
and model-based support.
0
7. Amend Sec. 54.313 by revising paragraphs (f)(1) introductory text
and (i) to read as follows:
Sec. 54.313 Annual reporting requirements for high-cost recipients.
* * * * *
(f) * * *
(1) Beginning July 1, 2015. A progress report on its five-year
service quality plan pursuant to Sec. 54.202(a) that includes the
following information:
* * * * *
(i) All reports pursuant to this section shall be filed with the
Office of the Secretary of the Commission clearly referencing WC Docket
No. 14-58, with the Administrator, and with the relevant state
commissions or relevant authority in a U.S. Territory, or Tribal
governments, as appropriate.
* * * * *
0
8. Amend Sec. 54.314 by revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
[[Page 39190]]
Sec. 54.314 Certification of support for eligible telecommunications
carriers.
* * * * *
(c) Certification format. (1) A certification pursuant to this
section may be filed in the form of a letter from the appropriate
regulatory authority for the State, and must be filed with both the
Office of the Secretary of the Commission clearly referencing WC Docket
No. 14-58, and with the Administrator of the high-cost support
mechanism, on or before the deadlines set forth in paragraph (d) of
this section. If provided by the appropriate regulatory authority for
the State, the annual certification must identify which carriers in the
State are eligible to receive federal support during the applicable 12-
month period, and must certify that those carriers only used support
during the preceding calendar year and will only use support in the
coming calendar year for the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of
facilities and services for which support is intended. A State may file
a supplemental certification for carriers not subject to the State's
annual certification. All certificates filed by a State pursuant to
this section shall become part of the public record maintained by the
Commission.
(2) An eligible telecommunications carrier not subject to the
jurisdiction of a State shall file a sworn affidavit executed by a
corporate officer attesting that the carrier only used support during
the preceding calendar year and will only use support in the coming
calendar year for the provision, maintenance, and upgrading of
facilities and services for which support is intended. The affidavit
must be filed with both the Office of the Secretary of the Commission
clearly referencing WC Docket No. 14-58, and with the Administrator of
the high-cost universal service support mechanism, on or before the
deadlines set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. All affidavits
filed pursuant to this section shall become part of the public record
maintained by the Commission.
* * * * *
0
9. Amend Sec. 54.318 by revising paragraphs (d) and (g) to read as
follows:
Sec. 54.318 High-cost support; limitations on high-cost support.
* * * * *
(d) For purposes of this section, high-cost support is defined as
the support available pursuant to Sec. 54.1310 and frozen high-cost
support provided to price cap carriers to the extent it is based on
support previously provided pursuant to Sec. 54.1310 or former high-
cost proxy model support.
* * * * *
(g) Any reductions in high-cost support under this section will not
be redistributed to other carriers that receive support pursuant to
Sec. 54.1310.
* * * * *
0
10. Add Sec. 54.319 to subpart D to read as follows:
Sec. 54.319 Elimination of high-cost support in areas with 100
percent coverage by an unsubsidized competitor.
(a) Universal service support shall be eliminated in an incumbent
local exchange carrier study area where an unsubsidized competitor, or
combination of unsubsidized competitors, as defined in Sec. 54.5,
offers to 100 percent of residential and business locations in the
study area voice and broadband service at speeds of at least 4 Mbps
downstream/1 Mbps upstream, with latency suitable for real-time
applications, including Voice over Internet Protocol, and usage
capacity that is reasonably comparable to comparable offerings in urban
areas, at rates that are reasonably comparable to rates for comparable
offerings in urban areas.
(b) After a determination there is a 100 percent overlap, the
incumbent local exchange carrier shall receive the following amount of
high-cost support:
(1) In the first year, two-thirds of the lesser of the incumbent's
total 2010 high-cost support or $3000 times the number of reported
lines as of year-end 2010;
(2) In the second year, one-third of the lesser of the incumbent's
total 2010 high-cost support or $3000 times the number of reported
lines as of year-end 2010;
(3) In the third year and thereafter, no support shall be paid.
0
11. Amend Sec. 54.903 by revising paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) to read as
follows:
Sec. 54.903 Obligations of rate-of-return carriers and the
Administrator.
(a) * * *
(1) Beginning July 31, 2002, each rate-of-return carrier shall
submit to the Administrator in accordance with the schedule in Sec.
54.1306 the number of lines it serves, within each rate-of-return
carrier study area showing residential and single-line business line
counts and multi-line business line counts separately. For purposes of
this report, and for purposes of computing support under this subpart,
the residential and single-line business class lines reported include
lines assessed the residential and single-line business End User Common
Line charge pursuant to Sec. 69.104 of this chapter, and the multi-
line business class lines reported include lines assessed the multi-
line business End User Common Line charge pursuant to Sec. 69.104 of
this chapter. For purposes of this report, and for purposes of
computing support under this subpart, lines served using resale of the
rate-of-return local exchange carrier's service pursuant to section
251(c)(4) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, shall be
considered lines served by the rate-of-return carrier only and must be
reported accordingly.
(2) A rate-of-return carrier may submit the information in
paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with the schedule in Sec.
54.1306, even if it is not required to do so. If a rate-of-return
carrier makes a filing under this paragraph, it shall separately
indicate any lines that it has acquired from another carrier that it
has not previously reported pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section,
identified by customer class and the carrier from which the lines were
acquired.
* * * * *
0
12. Add subpart M to part 54 to read as follows
Subpart M--High Cost Loop Support for Rate-of-Return Carriers
Sec.
54.1301 General.
54.1302 Calculation of incumbent local exchange carrier portion of
nationwide loop cost expense adjustment for rate-of-return carriers.
54.1303 Calculation of the rural growth factor.
54.1304 Calculation of safety net additive.
54.1305 Submission of information to the National Exchange Carrier
Association (NECA).
54.1306 Updating information submitted to the National Exchange
Carrier Association.
54.1307 Submission of information by the National Exchange Carrier
Association.
54.1308 Study area total unseparated loop cost.
54.1309 National and study area average unseparated loop costs.
54.1310 Expense adjustment.
Subpart M--High Cost Loop Support for Rate-of-Return Carriers
Sec. 54.1301 General.
(a) This subpart addresses support for loop-related costs included
in Sec. 54.1308. The expense adjustment calculated pursuant to this
subpart M shall be added to interstate expenses and deducted from state
expenses after expenses and taxes have been apportioned pursuant to
subpart D of part 36 of this chapter. Beginning January 1, 2012, this
subpart will only apply to incumbent local exchange
[[Page 39191]]
carriers that are rate-of-return carriers not affiliated, as
``affiliated companies'' are defined in Sec. 32.9000 of this chapter,
with price cap local exchange carriers. Rate-of-return carriers and
price cap local exchange carriers are defined pursuant to Sec. 54.5
and Sec. 61.3(bb) of this chapter, respectively.
(b) The expense adjustment will be computed on the basis of data
for a preceding calendar year which may be updated at the option of the
carrier pursuant to Sec. 54.1306(a).
Sec. 54.1302 Calculation of incumbent local exchange carrier portion
of nationwide loop cost expense adjustment for rate-of-return carriers.
(a) Beginning January 1, 2013, and each calendar year thereafter,
the total annual amount of the incumbent local exchange carrier portion
of the nationwide loop cost expense adjustment shall not exceed the
amount for the immediately preceding calendar year, multiplied times
one plus the Rural Growth Factor calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1303.
(b) The annual rural incumbent local exchange carrier portion of
the nationwide loop cost expense adjustment shall be reduced to reflect
the transfer of rural incumbent local exchange carrier access lines
that are eligible for expense adjustments pursuant to Sec. 54.1310.
The reduction shall equal the amount of the Sec. 54.1310 expense
adjustment available to the transferred access lines at the time of the
transfer and shall be effective in the next calendar quarter after the
access lines are transferred.
(c) Safety net additive support calculated pursuant to Sec.
54.1304, and transferred high-cost support and safety valve support
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.305 of this part shall not be included
in the rural incumbent local exchange carrier portion of the annual
nationwide loop cost expense adjustment.
Sec. 54.1303 Calculation of the rural growth factor.
(a) The Rural Growth Factor (RGF) is equal to the sum of the annual
percentage change in the United States Department of Commerce's Gross
Domestic Product--Chained Price Index (GPD-CPI) plus the percentage
change in the total number of rural incumbent local exchange carrier
working loops during the calendar year preceding the July 31st filing
submitted pursuant to Sec. 54.1305. The percentage change in total
rural incumbent local exchange carrier working loops shall be based
upon the difference between the total number of rural incumbent local
exchange carrier working loops on December 31 of the calendar year
preceding the July 31st filing and the total number of rural incumbent
local exchange carrier working loops on December 31 of the second
calendar year preceding that filing, both determined by the company's
submissions pursuant to Sec. 54.1305. Loops acquired by rural
incumbent local exchange carriers shall not be included in the RGF
calculation.
(b) Beginning July 31, 2012, pursuant to Sec. 54.1301(a), the
calculation of the Rural Growth Factor shall not include price cap
carrier working loops and rate-of-return local exchange carrier working
loops of companies that were affiliated with price cap carriers during
the calendar year preceding the July 31st filing submitted pursuant to
Sec. 54.1305.
Sec. 54.1304 Calculation of safety net additive.
(a) Safety net additive support. Only those local exchange carriers
that qualified for safety net additive based on 2011 or prior year
costs shall be eligible to receive safety net additive pursuant to
paragraph (c) of this section. A local exchange carrier shall not
receive safety net additive unless the carrier's realized total growth
in Telecommunications Plant in Service (TPIS) was more than 14 percent
in 2011 or earlier, pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Calculation of safety net additive support for companies that
qualified based on 2011 or prior year costs. Safety net additive
support is equal to the amount of capped support calculated pursuant to
this subpart M in the qualifying year minus the amount of support in
the year prior to qualifying for support subtracted from the difference
between the uncapped expense adjustment for the study area in the
qualifying year minus the uncapped expense adjustment in the year prior
to qualifying for support as shown in the following equation: Safety
net additive support = (Uncapped support in the qualifying year-
Uncapped support in the base year)-(Capped support in the qualifying
year-Amount of support received in the base year).
(c) Operation of safety net additive support for companies that
qualified based on 2011 or prior year costs. (1) In any year in which
the total carrier loop cost expense adjustment is limited by the
provisions of Sec. 54.1302, a rate-of-return incumbent local exchange
carrier shall receive safety net additive support as calculated in
paragraph (b) of this section, if in any study area, the rural
incumbent local exchange carrier realizes growth in end of period TPIS,
as prescribed in Sec. 32.2001, on a per loop basis, of at least 14
percent more than the study area's TPIS per loop investment at the end
of the prior period.
(2) If paragraph (c)(1) of this section is met, the rural incumbent
local exchange carrier must notify the Administrator; failure to
properly notify the Administrator of eligibility shall result in
disqualification of that study area for safety net additive, requiring
the rural incumbent local exchange carrier to again meet the
eligibility requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this section for that
study area in a subsequent period.
(3) Upon completion of verification by the Administrator that the
study area meets the stated criterion in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of
this section, the Administrator shall:
(i) Pay to any qualifying rural telephone company safety net
additive support for the qualifying study area in accordance with the
calculation set forth in paragraph (b) of this section; and
(ii) Continue to pay safety net additive support in any of the four
succeeding years in which the total carrier loop expense adjustment is
limited by the provisions of Sec. 54.1302. Safety net additive support
in the succeeding four years shall be the lesser of:
(A) The sum of capped support and the safety net additive support
received in the qualifying year; or
(B) The rural telephone company's uncapped support.
Sec. 54.1305 Submission of information to the National Exchange
Carrier Association (NECA)
(a) In order to allow determination of the study areas and wire
centers that are entitled to an expense adjustment pursuant to Sec.
54.1310, each incumbent local exchange carrier (LEC) must provide the
National Exchange Carrier Association (NECA) (established pursuant to
part 69 of this chapter) with the information listed for each study
area in which such incumbent LEC operates, with the exception of the
information listed in paragraph (h) of this section, which must be
provided for each study area. This information is to be filed with NECA
by July 31st of each year. The information provided pursuant to
paragraph (i) of this section must be updated pursuant to Sec.
54.1306. Rural telephone companies that acquired exchanges subsequent
to May 7, 1997, and incorporated those acquired exchanges into existing
study areas shall separately provide the information required by
paragraphs (b)
[[Page 39192]]
through (i) of this section for both the acquired and existing
exchanges.
(b) Unseparated, i.e., state and interstate, gross plant investment
in Exchange Line Cable and Wire Facilities (C&WF) Subcategory 1.3 and
Exchange Line Central Office (CO) Circuit Equipment Category 4.13. This
amount shall be calculated as of December 31st of the calendar year
preceding each July 31st filing.
(c) Unseparated accumulated depreciation and noncurrent deferred
federal income taxes, attributable to Exchange Line C&WF Subcategory
1.3 investment, and Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment Category 4.13
investment. These amounts shall be calculated as of December 31st of
the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing, and shall be stated
separately.
(d) Unseparated depreciation expense attributable to Exchange Line
C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment, and Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.13 investment. This amount shall be the actual depreciation
expense for the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing.
(e) Unseparated maintenance expense attributable to Exchange Line
C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment and Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.113 investment. This amount shall be the actual repair
expense for the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing.
(f) Unseparated corporate operations expenses, operating taxes, and
the benefits and rent proportions of operating expenses. The amount for
each of these categories of expense shall be the actual amount for that
expense for the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing. The
amount for each category of expense listed shall be stated separately.
(g) Unseparated gross telecommunications plant investment. This
amount shall be calculated as of December 31st of the calendar year
preceding each July 31st filing.
(h) Unseparated accumulated depreciation and noncurrent deferred
federal income taxes attributable to local unseparated
telecommunications plant investment. This amount shall be calculated as
of December 31st of the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing.
(i) The number of working loops for each study area. For universal
service support purposes, working loops are defined as the number of
working Exchange Line C&WF loops used jointly for exchange and message
telecommunications service, including C&WF subscriber lines associated
with pay telephones in C&WF Category 1, but excluding WATS closed end
access and TWX service. These figures shall be calculated as of
December 31st of the calendar year preceding each July 31st filing.
Sec. 54.1306 Updating Information Submitted to the National Exchange
Carrier Association.
(a) Any incumbent local exchange carrier subject to Sec.
54.1301(a) may update the information submitted to the National
Exchange Carrier Association (NECA) on July 31st pursuant to Sec.
54.1305 one or more times annually on a rolling year basis according to
the schedule.
(1) Submit data covering the last nine months of the previous
calendar year and the first three months of the existing calendar year
no later than September 30th of the existing year;
(2) Submit data covering the last six months of the previous
calendar year and the first six months of the existing calendar year no
later than December 30th of the existing year;
(3) Submit data covering the last three months of the second
previous calendar year and the first nine months of the previous
calendar year no later than March 30th of the existing year.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 54.1307 Submission of Information by the National Exchange
Carrier Association.
(a) On October 1 of each year, the National Exchange Carrier
Association (NECA) shall file with the Commission and Administrator the
information listed below. Information filed with the Commission shall
be compiled from information provided to NECA by telephone companies
pursuant to Sec. 54.1305.
(1) The unseparated loop cost for each study area and a nationwide-
average unseparated loop cost.
(2) The annual amount of the high cost expense adjustment for each
study area, and the total nationwide amount of the expense adjustment.
(3) The dollar amount and percentage of the increase in the
nationwide average unseparated loop cost, as well as the dollar amount
and percentage increase for each study area, for the previous 5 years,
or the number of years NECA has been receiving this information,
whichever is the shorter time period.
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 54.1308 Study Area Total Unseparated Loop Cost.
(a) For the purpose of calculating the expense adjustment, the
study area total unseparated loop cost equals the sum of the following:
(1) Return component for net unseparated Exchange Line C&WF
subcategory 1.3 investment and Exchange Line CO Circuit Equipment
Category 4.13 investment. This amount is calculated by deducting the
accumulated depreciation and noncurrent deferred Federal income taxes
attributable to C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment and Exchange Line
Category 4.13 circuit investment reported pursuant to Sec. 54.1305(b)
from the gross investment in Exchange Line C&WF Subcategory 1.3 and CO
Category 4.13 reported pursuant to Sec. 54.1305(a) to obtain the net
unseparated C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment, and CO Category 4.13
investment. The net unseparated C&WF Subcategory 1.3 investment and CO
Category 4.13 investment is multiplied by the study area's authorized
interstate rate of return.
(2) Depreciation expense attributable to C&WF Subcategory 1.3
investment, and CO Category 4.13 investment as reported in Sec.
54.1305(c).
(3) Maintenance expense attributable to C&WF Subcategory 1.3
investment, and CO Category 4.13 investment as reported in Sec.
54.1305(d).
(4) Corporate Operations Expenses, Operating Taxes and the benefits
and rent portions of operating expenses, as reported in Sec.
54.1305(e) attributable to investment in C&WF Category 1.3 and COE
Category 4.13. This amount is calculated by multiplying the total
amount of these expenses and taxes by the ratio of the unseparated
gross exchange plant investment in C&WF Category 1.3 and COE Category
4.13, as reported in Sec. 54.1305(a), to the unseparated gross
telecommunications plant investment, as reported in Sec. 54.1305(f).
Total Corporate Operations Expense for purposes of calculating high-
cost loop support payments beginning January 1, 2012 shall be limited
to the lesser of Sec. 54.1308(a)(4)(i) or (ii).
(i) The actual average monthly per-loop Corporate Operations
Expense; or
(ii) A monthly per-loop amount computed according to paragraphs
(a)(4)(ii)(A), (a)(4)(ii)(B), (a)(4)(ii)(C), and (a)(4)(ii)(D) of this
section. To the extent that some carriers' corporate operations
expenses are disallowed pursuant to these limitations, the national
average unseparated cost per loop shall be adjusted accordingly.
(A) For study areas with 6,000 or fewer total working loops the
amount monthly per working loop shall be $42.337 - (.00328 x the number
of total working loops), or, $63,000/the number of total working loops,
whichever is greater;
[[Page 39193]]
(B) For study areas with more than 6,000 but fewer than 17,887
total working loops, the monthly amount per working loop shall be
$3.007 + (117,990/the number of total working loops); and
(C) For study areas with 17,887 or more total working loops, the
monthly amount per working loop shall be $9.562.
(D) Beginning January 1, 2013, the monthly per-loop amount computed
according to paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A), (a)(4)(ii)(B), and (a)(4)(ii)(C)
of this section shall be adjusted each year to reflect the annual
percentage change in the United States Department of Commerce's Gross
Domestic Product-Chained Price Index (GDP-CPI).
(b) [Reserved]
Sec. 54.1309 National and study area average unseparated loop costs.
(a) National average unseparated loop cost per working loop. Except
as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, this is equal to the sum
of the Loop Costs for each study area in the country as calculated
pursuant to Sec. 54.1308(a) divided by the sum of the working loops
reported in Sec. 54.1305(h) for each study area in the country. The
national average unseparated loop cost per working loop shall be
calculated by the National Exchange Carrier Association. Beginning July
1, 2001, the national average unseparated loop cost for purposes of
calculating expense adjustments for rural incumbent local exchange
carriers, as that term is defined in Sec. 54.5 of this part is frozen
at $240.00.
(1) The national average unseparated loop cost per working loop
shall be recalculated by the National Exchange Carrier Association to
reflect the September, December, and March update filings.
(2) Each new nationwide average shall be used in determining the
additional interstate expense allocation for companies which made
filings by the most recent filing date.
(3) The calculation of a new national average to reflect the update
filings shall not affect the amount of the additional interstate
expense allocation for companies which did not make an update filing by
the most recent filing date.
(b) Study area average unseparated loop cost per working loop. This
is equal to the unseparated loop costs for the study area as calculated
pursuant to Sec. 54.1308(a) divided by the number of working loops
reported in Sec. 54.1305(i) for the study area.
(1) If a company elects to, or is required to, update the data
which it has filed with the National Exchange Carrier Association as
provided in Sec. 54.1306(a), the study area average unseparated loop
cost per working loop and the amount of its additional interstate
expense allocation shall be recalculated to reflect the updated data.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) The national average inseparated loop Cost per working loop
shall be the greater of:
(1) The amount calculated pursuant to the method described in
paragraph (a) of this section; or
(2) Beginning July 1, 2001, for rural carriers, an amount
calculated to produce the maximum rural incumbent local exchange
carrier portion of nationwide loop cost expense adjustment allowable
pursuant to Sec. 54.1302(a).
Sec. 54.1310 Expense adjustment.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) [Reserved]
(c) Beginning January 1, 1988, for study areas reporting 200,000 or
fewer working loops pursuant to Sec. 54.1305(h), the expense
adjustment (additional interstate expense allocation) is equal to the
sum of paragraphs (c)(1) through (2) of this section.
(1) Sixty-five percent of the study area average unseparated loop
cost per working loop as calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1309(b) in
excess of 115 percent of the national average for this cost but not
greater than 150 percent of the national average for this cost as
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1309(a) multiplied by the number of
working loops reported in Sec. 54.1305(h) for the study area; and
(2) Seventy-five percent of the study area average unseparated loop
cost per working loop as calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1309(b) in
excess of 150 percent of the national average for this cost as
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1309(a) multiplied by the number of
working loops reported in Sec. 54.1305(h) for the study area.
(d) Beginning April 1, 1989, the expense adjustment calculated
pursuant to Sec. 54.1310(c) shall be adjusted each year to reflect
changes in the amount of high-cost loop support resulting from
adjustments calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1306(a) made during the
previous year. If the resulting amount exceeds the previous year's fund
size, the difference will be added to the amount calculated pursuant to
Sec. 54.1310(c) for the following year. If the adjustments made during
the previous year result in a decrease in the size of the funding
requirement, the difference will be subtracted from the amount
calculated pursuant to Sec. 54.1310(c) for the following year.
PART 69--ACCESS CHARGES
0
13. The authority citation for part 69 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 201, 202, 203, 205, 218, 220, 254,
403.
0
14. Revise Sec. 69.413 to read as follows:
Sec. 69.413 High cost loop support universal service fund expenses.
Beginning April 1, 1989, expenses allocated to the interstate
jurisdiction pursuant to Sec. Sec. 54.1310 and 36.641 of this chapter
shall be assigned to the Universal Service Fund Element.
[FR Doc. 2014-15668 Filed 7-8-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P